Home

"user manual"

1. Brother HL 1070 checked pa Port Descrinton O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Port Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 __ PDF995 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name 11 Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol O Baw Raw Settings CILPR Byte Counting Enabled LPR Settings Queue Name C SNMP Status Enabled Dray Tek Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 13 The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differen
2. WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPA PSK Configuration Type WPA Algorithm WPA Pre Shared Key WPA Mode Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as the type ito WPA or WPA Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 85 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek WPA Algorithm Select TKIP AES or auto as the algorithm for WPA TKIP to TKIP or AES WPA Pre Shared Key Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WPA RADIUS The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Wireless Security Configuration crypt WPA RADIUS Encryption WPA RADIUS Configuration WPA Algorithm Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret OK Type The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as WPA mode WPA Algori
3. 0 cccccceccececcecceccececcecceccuceccecsccacceccessececcecaussccuccacsesecceccecsecacausesceccecerseateees 210 ATS a cna E O ee eee 212 ATE NCI SUNS caren cca dare E E occdieedoucuauventidtedadasaintacatecesianeintudeieantstex diate E 212 4 UPAR GOMiIQULANON Messana a e a a a aa ai Eaa o e feceuitiees 213 Ae TB Via Ke LAIN E A aA vce a a EANA ORANE 215 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide vii Dray Tek 4 8 VPN and Remote ACCESS ccccccececececececececececucucucucucacacueauaeauauuauaeetecueaeaeauaveveueuauauauauaeneas 216 4 8 1 Remote ACCESS GONTIO oci isssncncncsesesscasdanscecesoasawedatacennsansindddenaseevadenedenzcowsedeledesndocesunsedess 216 43 2 PPIP Remolie Dialisi e E En 217 48 3 IPSec Remote DIGI siicsdenonansiidencsuntendecuatncedeniadnae octisplacbacigdensdani toes dandens deus rleesdenaeteendesasanes 220 4 8 4 Remote Dial in Status cccccccccccsssseeeecceesseeeecceeseeeecesauseecsueaseeeesssaageeeeessaaseeeesssaaaes 221 IOO EAN TOTAN Meet ee eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee 223 4 9 Wireless LAN sosst cesses soheeconsecceest sapere asanhcacatbessenseceaeeseeantasenncohesessseceue2sesdsuesteeneoeevascesmecceeuseeys 227 BOA BASIS CONCEDE EEEE enters 227 AO 2 GEMS Gal oe ID a a E EN 229 4 9 3 ACCESS CONTO loners ee ee nen ne en ee ae re cee nee eee nee 235 ee Ea Sca g a D eee ee ee ee E E A eee one ee eee 235 AOS ACCESS OM DISCOV Y iesi a N a 236 496 WMM COniguratO i areeiro E Ea 237 A
4. bE L LI 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy None vv Username Password VJ Compression 22 on O off IKE Authentication Method CIl Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP Damm Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key or Peer ID p C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method High ESP 4 TCP IP Network Settings 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 192 168 30 0 My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Medium AH DES 3DES AES single WAN supports this Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only 319 Alg ESP_AES HMAC MDS Dray Tek 2 Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is test Select Dial Out as Call Direction and enable Always on 4 Select IPSec Tunnel and enter Vigor2130 s WAN IP address in the Server IP Host Name for VPN field Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2130 6 Select ESP High and 3DES with Authentication 7 Press the Advanced button IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_ND5_2 DES_SHAL_62 SDES_ND5_G2 3DES_SHAL_62 V IKE phase 2 proposal 3DES_SHA1 3DES D5 v IKE phase 1 key lifeti
5. Active XC L Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dray Te K 104 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Display Name The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address SIP URL Enter your friend s SIP account Dial Out Account Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured 3 8 1 2 Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Interface Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Min Len sd vari o o b b b i e bo o b o
6. CH Display the channel for the scanned AP SSID Display the SSID of the scanned AP BSSID Display the MAC address of the scanned AP Security Display the encryption type of the scanned AP Signal Display the strength in percentage of the signal of the scanned AP Dray Tek 236 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Scan Add to 4 9 6 WMM Configuration It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added on WDS settings page WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration Wihl Capable APSD Capable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn Scan WMM Capable APSD Capable Aifsn
7. Adding a New Rule Click Add New Rule to configure a new rule for IPv6 Firewall Note You can set up to 20 sets of IPv6 rules IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup Add IPv6 Firewall Rule Name Protocol Source IP Type Source P Destination IP Type Destination IP Destination Subnet f Source Start Port source End Port optional Destination Start Port Destination End Port optional Action Name Type a name for the rule Protocol Specify a protocol for this rule ALL TEP UDP ICMP v6 Source IP Type Determine the IP type as the source single Subnet Source IP Type the IP address here if you choose Single as Source IP Type Source Subnet Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Source IP Type Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Source IP Type Destination IP Type Determine the IP type as the destination Dray Te k 272 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Destination IP Type the IP address here if you choose Single as Destination IP Type Destination Subnet Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Destination IP Type Source Start Port Type a value as the source start port Such value will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Source End Port optional Type a value as the source end port Such value will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Destination Start Port Type a value as the destination start port Such va
8. Choose Show to make the SSID being seen by wireless clients Choose Hide to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN It means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Choose the wireless mode for this router At present only 802 11B B N mix is available It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 11 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Such channel will be brought out automatically when you determine the Channel selection It can help to extend the bandwidth for wireless connection Such value can be modified manual However do not set the same value with Channel Set the power percentage for transmission signal of access 83 Dray Tek point The greater the value is the higher intensity of the signal will be Enable Green AP Such function is used to reduce the power consumption Green AP for the access point When there is no station connected the power consumption of access point will be reduced Enable IGMP Snooping Check it to enable IGMP snooping
9. Isolate show Hide SSID Member Show Daye dC d Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other SSID 1 SSID 2 Wireless Security Confiquration SSID 3 SSID 4 Encryption Enable Wireless LAN Show Hide SSID Isolate Member Wireless Mode Channel Extension Channel Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable the wireless function Choose Show to make the SSID being seen by wireless clients Choose Hide to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN It means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Choose the wireless mode for this router At present only 802 11B B N mix is available It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 11 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Such channel will be brought out automatically when you determine the Channel selection 229 Dray Tek It can help to extend the bandwidth for wireless connection Such value can be modified manually Tx Power Se
10. Source IP Type single Subnet Source IP Type the IP address here if you choose Single as Source IP Type Source Subnet Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Source IP Type Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Source IP Type Destination IP Type Determine the IP type as the destination Dray Tek 126 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Destination IP Type the IP address here if you choose Single as Destination IP Type Destination Subnet Type the subnet mask here if you choose Subnet as Destination IP Type Source Start Port Type a value as the source start port Such value will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Source End Port optional Type a value as the source end port Such value will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Destination Start Port Type a value as the destination start port Such value will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Destination End Port Type a value as the destination end port Such value will be optional available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Action Set the action that the router will perform for the packets through the protocol of IPv6 ACCEPT Accept If the IPv6 packets fit the condition listed in this page the router will let it pass through Drop If the Pv6 packets fit the condition listed in this page the router will block it Example Refer to the following exam
11. 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy None VJ Compression Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key 8886880 Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H i ESP SDES with Authentication we Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup bE L EL 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username TET PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password i L2TP with IPSec Policy None v vJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Specify Remote VPN Gatewa Pre Shared H Peer VPN Server IH or Peer WS wigor2130 gt IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES I 3pes M AES 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Disable Remote Gateway IP first subnet to remote network you have to Oo Remote Network IP Route v Remote Network Mask Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 2 Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is test Dray Te k 316 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Select Dial in as Call Direction In Dial Out Settings part select IPSec Tunnel and press the Advanced button In the pop up window please enter vigor2820 in the Local ID field Click OK to return to the profile setting page IKE ad
12. 260 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Tone Settings Region us v Caller ID Type FSK_BELLCORE US AU Low Freq High Freq Tont T off 1 Ton2 T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Dial tone jf Ringing tone Busy tone 46 e Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Caller ID Type Display IP type of the caller RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IF precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop High Drop AF Classa Low Drop AF Classs Medium Drop AF Classa High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4
13. CWMin CWMax Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Disable O Enable Disable AckPolicy Txop It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging 237 Dray Tek Txop ACM AckPolicy Click OK to save the settings 4 9 7 WDS from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0
14. DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 299 299 1 EENT Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 165 95 1 1 Ll DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status ESS Eee Ee EE ae Ea Ee Sa Dray Tek 288 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 14 7 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current system Time Mon Dec 13 02 50 53 UTC 2010 Time Configuration Time one Automatically Update Interval NTP Servers Delete ool ntp org Current System Time Display current time in the box Click Inquire Time to get the current time Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Automatically Update Specify a time interval for the router to update current time Interval Add NTP server Click the button to add a new NTP server Delete Click this button to remove an NTP server Click OK to save these settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 289 Dr ay Te k 4 14 8 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Remote
15. In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status 1 2 4 3 ay Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Vigor2130 Series User s Guide J Phonet L Phonez LJ Phone LJ Phone LJ Phonet L Phone LJ Phone L Phone2 Phonet LI Phonez LJ Phone J Phone R success registered an SIP server fail to register on SIP server Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call 257 Dray Tek Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered o
16. OutBand RF C2035 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 117 Dr ay Te k 3 8 4 Status OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Status IDLE IDLE Port Phone Phones Log Date imm dd yyyY oO0 o00 00 oOo o00 00 oOo o00 00 oOo o00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o0 00 00 o0 00 00 00 00 00 4 Auto refresh Refresh Port Dray Tek PeerlD Codec WA WA WA WA Time i hh rmm ss oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oo o00 00 oOo o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oOo o00 00 oO 00 00 oO o00 00 Auto refre
17. Port Members Display the LAN ports in this group Refresh Click this button to refresh the page immediately Clear Click this button to clear the settings on this page 3 5 5 UPnP Configuration The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP Configuration UPnP Configuration Enable UPnP Download Speed Upload Speed Enable UPnP Enable UPnP function You have to type the download and upload speed After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to op
18. Type the subnet mask if you chose Static IP as the WAN IP You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On Otherwise choose Connect on Demand and Connect on Demand ha Connect on Demand Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action When you choose Connect on Demand you have to type value here It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function Type in a fixed IP address in the box if you click Yes for Fixed IP IPCP It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Addr
19. IP Protocol Filter Source IF Dest IP Define which port the packet from ACE Configuration Ingress Port define which port the packet coming from The policy IDs are defined in Firewall gt gt Port Configuration Each Policy ID might have more than one port grouped Ingress Port Frame Type Frame Type Such option differs according to the selection you choose we will explain it in detailed later Action it means the session limitation for this access control Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 181 Dray Te k list will be applied to if matching with the rule defined in this page Action Allow Rate Limiter Select a rate limiter to apply to this port Available settings include Disabled and 1 to 10 The default value is Disabled Click the Rate Limiter link to configure different rates for each ID Rate Limiter Detailed Explanation for Frame Type Frame Type selection will lead different options for configuration Ingress Port Frame Type Choose Ethernet Type as the Frame Type you will get Ethernet Type Parameters option as the following Ethernet Tyoe Parameters Etherlype Filter Ethernet Type Filter Choose Any to set the parameter with any value set by the router automatically or choose Specific to specify certain value the range is 0x0000 to OXFFFF Etherl ype Filter Ethernet Type Value Ox FFFF Choose ARP as the Frame Type you will get ARP Parameters op
20. My Internet IP Use true IP for DDNS server My Internet IP Biy WWAN IF hy Internet IP Check IP change every Set the interval for checking the information Force IP update every Force the router updates its information to DDNS server with the interval set here Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved 3 5 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Configuration Setting Status You can set up to 15 schedules To add a schedule profile please click Add Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 75 Dray T
21. To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default or user defined upstream and downstream limit Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 63 Dray Te k Smart Bandwidth Limit Click this radio button to configure the default limitation for bandwidth When session number exceeds type the value here as a threshold to apply the smart bandwidth limit TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN User defined Bandwidth Click this radio button to configure the user defined Limit limitation for bandwidth Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Bandwidth limit can be applied on certain IP range That s only the PCs within the range will be influenced by the bandwidth limitation set here Please define the start IP address for the specific limitation End IP Define the end IP address for the specific limitation TX Limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream to be applied as specific limitation If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX Limit Define the limitation for the speed of t
22. f you want to filter a specific UDP destination filter with this ACE you can enter a specific UDP destination value A field for entering a UDP destination value appears Range If you want to filter a specific UDP destination range filter with this ACE you can enter a specific UDP destination range value A field for entering a UDP destination port range appears Dest Port No Type the value if you choose Specific as the Dest Port Filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this UDP source value Dest Port Range Type the value if you choose Range as the Dest Port Filter The allowed range is O to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this UDP source value Dray Tek 188 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Choose IPv4 as the Frame Type You will see IP Parameters on the bottom of the page If you choose TCP as IP Protocol Filter you will get the page as the following IP Parameters IP Protocol Filter Source IP Source IP Address source IP Mask Dest IP Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask Source IP Source IP Address Source IP Mask Dest IP Filter Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask Vigor2130 Series User s Guide TCP Parameters source Port Filter source Port No Dest Port Filter TCP FIN TCP SYN TCP RST TCP PSH TCP ACK TCP URG Network Any No source IP filter is specified Host Source IP filter is set to Host Specify the source IP address in the source IP Add
23. n models 3 6 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All
24. 2 a 4 5 E T JOO JUUOOOC Note Min Len and Max Len should be between 0 25 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 105 Dray Te k Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Min Len Max Len Interface Dray Tek Check this box to invoke this setting The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix
25. Action Enable Check the box to enable such rule Name Type a name of the rule for identification Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 193 Dray Te k Source Specify the interface for the starting point Destination Specify the interface for the ending point Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Port Destination Type a fixed port number or a range of port number for such Port rule Available value is 1 65535 Source Address Type WAN IP or LAN IP address based on the WAN or Destination Address LAN interface specified in Source Destination fields Note that the format for this field must be address mask e g 192 168 1 123 or 172 16 9 0 24 Source MAC Address Specify the MAC address for the packets Action Choose the action to perform for the filtered packet Accept Packets matching with such rule can pass through the router Drop Packets matching with such rule will be discarded immediately Reject Packets matching with such rule cannot pass through the router and become packets with TCP reset or ICMP port unreachable packets Click OK to save the settings 4 5 CSM t CSM Content Filtering IM P2P Blocking 4 5 1 Content Filtering To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Web URL Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Vigor route
26. At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with versions of FAT16 and NTFS only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or NTFS It is recommended for you to use NTFS for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings Enable FTP Enable Disk Sharing Workgroup Name OK Enable FTP Check this box to enable FTP connection Enable Disk Sharing Check this box to share the information on USB storage disk Workgroup Name It provides easy sharing of files printers and other network resources for the computers collected under such group on LAN Click OK to save the settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 241 Dray Te k 4 10 2 FTP User Management This page allows you to change user setting for USB storage disk Before modifying settings in this page please insert a USB disk and configure settings in User gt gt User Configuration first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt FTP User Management FTP User Management User Name Access Rights care Read only Click the name link under User Name to open the setting web page USB Application gt gt FTP User Setting FIP User Configuration User Name lda Wolume Generic Flash Disk 20101 PORT 1 Access Rule Fead only
27. Configure via Client PinCode Type the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes After finishing the settings here please click Next Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 2 2 4 5 Saving the Wizard Configuration Now you can see the following screen It indicates that the setup is complete Different types of connection modes will have different summary Click Finish and then restart the router Quick Start Wizard Vigor Wizard Setup is now finished Press Finish button to save and finish the wizard setup You will be prompted for the new password Note that the configuration process takes a few seconds to complete Cea ee Cea Sane 2 5 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online Status Auto refresh p System Status System Uptime Od 02 42 07 LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 192 168 1 1 423 652 2219 73 93664 IPv6 Address 2000 1 64 Global fes0 200 ff fe00 0 64 Link WAN Status IP GW IP Mode Up Time 172 16 3 10 2 Lie ie 1 1 Static IP Od 02 41 31 IPv6 Ad
28. Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 OA Ne ene __ Network mae g Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 f E E OE rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 335 Dr ay Te k 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please ch
29. LAN IP Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask IP Address Subnet Mask PPPoE Passthrough Cc IP Address Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage IP Address Subnet Mask PPPoE Passthrough DNS Server Configuration Dray Tek 192 160 1 1 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server start IP Address 192 168 1100 Lease Time r20 IP Fool Counts minutes Force DNS manual setting J Enable Primary IP Address coo pooo secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction Enable Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The
30. Or check the box to enable MAC address cloning Clone MAC Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone PC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 2 4 D5 A1 After finishing the settings here please click Next PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Te k If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard WAN IP Configuration Connection Type PPPoE PPPoE Redial Policy Always On Clone MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Redial Policy If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On Otherwise choose Connect on Demand Connect on De
31. Save as type D a EF fae Save Cancel 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Backup Please specify a key and click Backup to download current running configurations as a encrypted file Key optional Backup Note You will need the same key to do configuration restoreation Restoration Select a configuration file es 2 Please enter the key and click Restore to upload the configuration file key optional O O OOOO Dray Tek 286 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Note If the file you want to restore has been encrypted you will be asked to type the encrypted key before clicking
32. Smart Bandwidth Limit When session number exceeds 1000 Ts Limit 5000 Kbps RX Limit 5000 Kbps User defined Bandwidth Limit Limitation List Index Start IF TH limit RE limit Specific Limitation Stat P o end ooo TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps 1 Bandwidth limit only works for NEW sessions Original sessions are controlled by HMAT 2 Ifthe IP is controlled by bandwidth limit throughput would be lower than 65Mbps To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default or user defined upstream and downstream limit Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Dray Tek 198 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Smart Bandwidth Limit Click this radio button to configure the default limitation for bandwidth When session number exceeds type the value here as a threshold to apply the smart bandwidth limit TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN User defined Bandwidth Click this radio button to configure the user defined Limit limitation for bandwidth Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Bandwidth limit can be applied on certain IP range That s only the PCs within the range will be influenced by the
33. Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request Dray Tek 342 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 343 Dray Te k
34. Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear 336 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcomp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms t bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Use the Connection Type drop down list to choose Static IP DHCP PPPoE PPTP L2TP 3G USB Modem for reviewing the settings that you configured previously EWAN Internet Access Ports 3G Backup WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Connection Type DHCP DHCP Settings Router Name Vigor 130 The same as syslog s router name WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP ka Clone MAC Address Enable OK Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 337 Dray T
35. You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type and corresponding security methods etc The router supports two VPN tunnels for IPSec and PPTP by providing up to 2 profiles The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN VPN Site to Site Tunnels IPSec Auto refresh Tx Rx Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Name Endpoint IKE Alg ESP Alg Up Time 123 61 216 47 61 _ Add Tunnel VPN Site to Site Tunnels PPTP ee Tx Rx f Name Remote IP Virtual Network Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Up Time Wo FETE Tunnels Add Tunnel Refresh Click this button to refresh the page immediately Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile Endpoint Display the IP address of the VPN client IKE Alg Display the encryption and authentication algorithm used during phase 1 of the VPN connection Establishment The algorithm is used during exchange of key exchange ESP Alg Display the encryption and authentication algorithm used during phase 2 of the VPN connection Establishment This algorithm is used for transporting data and the choice will affect the performance of the VPN tunnel Tx Packets Tx Bytes Display the data transmission packets bytes through VPN tunnel by IPSec or PPTP Rx Packets Rx Bytes Display the data receiving packets bytes through VPN tunnel by IPSec or PPTP Up Time Display the duration time of the IPSec PPTP connection
36. contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector 263 Dray Tek Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong settings might cause inconvenience for users VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI UK v Volume Gain DTMF Mic Gain 1 10 5 DTMF Mode Speaker Gain 1 10 5 _ Payload Type RFC2833 6 127 ini MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 27 5 5 Zi Ring Frequency 10 SOHz Caller ID Type Choose one of the selections as caller ID type Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjus
37. ff fe00 0 64 Link EEO e Default Gateway 172 156 1 1 Port Profile Reg In ut j Application Note Phone No o0 Secondary DNS FAQ Product Registration Logout lt gt Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 16 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose System Password User Password System Maintenance gt gt System Password System Password Old Password Mew Password Confirm Mew Password System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password Mew Password Confirm New Password 5 Type New Password in New Password and Confirm New Password fields Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 17 Dr ay Te k 2 4 Quick Start Wizard Q Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin f mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is welcome page please click Next Quick Start Wizard Welcome to th
38. iiaii LE j LU CO 0 Transfers Downloac Seeding Pausi Upload Torrent Files ent file to upload Select File Or enter a URL po C Start when added 10 Click Select File to open the following dialog Choose the seed of BT torrent file and click Open Sel dapper server ioop 10 olen Ej edubunt 8 04 1 addon hppa iso torent fl edubuntu 8 04 1 addon ia64 iso torrent E edubunty 6 04 1 addon powerpe 130 torrent Ej edubunt 9 O4 addon spare iso torent E jeos 8 04 3 jeos 1396 iso torent fl kubuntu 9 04 altemate lpia iso torrent E mythbuntu 8 04 1 alternate i396 iso torrent E natty desktop i306 iso torrent crdownload File japper sweramied io w Ce Note Before uploading torrent files to the router please search from Internet and store the seed of the BT torrent on our hard disk first Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 327 Dray Te k 11 Next the router will start to download the file to the USB disk You can add new seed of torrent file one by one by clicking Open to let the router download them at one time or oO kallal bl at Open Remove Pause Resume Pause All Resume All 6 Transfers Mote Transmission is allocating disk space for Downloading Seeding Paused edubuntu 3 04 1 addon hppa iso 64 0 KB of 275 6 MB 0 02 remaining time unknown Downloading from 0 of 1 peers DL 0 bytes s UL 0 bytes s edubuntu 8 04 1 addon ia64 iso 64 0 KB of 288 8 MB 0 02 rem
39. s Guide Ethernet 0 ARP RARP frames where the hardware address space is equal to Ethernet 1 must not match this entry 1 ARP RARP frames where the hardware address space is equal to Ethernet 1 must match this entry Any Any value is allowed Specify whether frames can hit the action according to their ARP RARP protocol address space PRO settings Ethernet 0 ARP RARP frames where the protocol address space is equal to IP 0x800 must not match this entry 1 ARP RARP frames where the protocol address space is equal to IP 0x800 must match this entry Any Any value is allowed Choose IPv4 as the Frame Type You will see IP Parameters on the bottom of the page If you choose ICMP as IP Protocol Filter you will get the page as the following IP Parameters IP Protocal Filter Source P Source IP Address Source IP Mask Dest IP Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask Source IP Source IP Address Source IP Mask Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ICMP Parameters ICMP Type Filter ICMP Type Value ICMP Code Filter ICMP Code Value Any No source IP filter is specified Host Source IP filter is set to Host Specify the source IP address in the Source IP Address field that appears Network Source IP filter is set to Network Specify the source IP address and source IP mask in the Source IP Address and Source IP Mask fields that appear Type the Source IP Address here This option is available when
40. s private network in the Remote Network Mask field Use default value Automatic for IKE phase and phase 2 proposals After the VPN is connected you can monitor the status 318 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Vigor2130 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN VPN Site to Site Tunnels IPSec Name Endpoint in Status 3DES CBC 192 Demo 172 171 186 STATE_AGGR SHA1 MODP 1024 Add Tunnel Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name 4 Enable this praf VPN Dial Out Through WaNi First Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block Multicast via VPN Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings test Type of Server I am calling Call Direction T always om Idle Timeout CI Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Auto refresh LI ESP Alg Status STATE_QUICK 12 2828 VPN configuration on Vigor2820 Bo 1 Dial Out Dial in o second s Sas Username Password IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy None Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 PPP Authentication VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Digital Signature x 509 None IPSec Security Method Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup
41. 00 00 00 00 00 00 Oo Oo O O d Add new static entry 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear VLAN function is enabled in default LAN gt gt VLAN Frivate VLAN Membership Configuration Port Members Delete PVLAN ID LAN LAN Add New Private VLAN Click this button to add a new private VLAN The router allows you to add up to 4 VLAN LAN gt gt VLAN Private VLAN Membership Configuration Port Members LAN LANS al dl d d al d Dray Tek 168 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 P4 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Private VLAN Membership Configuration Port Members Delete LAN LAN LI d C LI d C 3 To remove VLAN click the Delete button for the one you want to remove and click OK to save the results 4 2 5 Monitor Port It is used to monitor the traffic of the network For example we assume that LAN1 and LAN2 are Monitor Port and Monitor ingress Port respectively thus the traffic received by LAN2 will be copied to LAN1 for monitoring LAN gt gt Monitor Port Monitor Port Monitor
42. 1 Diagnostics IP Mask 255 255 255 0 Application Note FAQ Product Registration ka 4 1 WAN IPv Address 2000 1 64 Global IPv Address fesd 200 ff feon 0 64 Link DHCP Server Yes Wireless MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 SSID DrayTek Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to Internet Access group Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 147 Dray Tek From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to
43. 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Tx Low Tx Normal Vigor2130 Series User s Guide packets received Display the low queue counter of the packet received Display the normal queue counter of the packet received Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Display the high queue counter of the packet received Display the number of frames dropped due to the lack of receiving buffer Display the number of Alignment errors packets received Display the number of short frames lt 64 Bytes with valid CRC Display the number of long frames according to max_length register with valid CRC Display the number of short frames lt 64 bytes with invalid CRC Display the number of long frames according to max_length register with invalid CRC Display the filtered number of the packet received Display the counting number of the packet transmitted Display the total transmitted bytes Display the show the counting number of the transmitted unicast packet Display the show the counting number of the transmitted multicast packet Display the counting number of the transmitted broadcast packet Show the counting number of the transmitted pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 65 127 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number
44. 192 MD5 AES 192 SHAI AES 256 MD5 AES 256 SHAI Dray Tek Case 2 VPN direction from Vigor2820 to Vigor2130 VPN configuration on Vigor2130 l oe a oe 10 Dray Tek Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Edit VPN Tunnel General Enabled Name Remote IP IKE phase 1 mode Demo lt Aggressive Mode Authentication Type Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key eee E E Confirm Pre Shared Key eee Local Identity Remote Identity vigore a20 Networks Automatic j IKE phase 1 proposal IKE phase 2 proposal Automatic EE Perfect Forward Secrecy C Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is Demo Enter 0 0 0 0 in the Remote IP field Select Aggressive Mode as IKE phase 1 mode Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2820 Setup the Local Identity and Remote Identity which are for Vigor2130 and Vigor2820 respectively During IPSec Aggressive mode negotiation the VPN client must send its identity to the VPN server for verification The VPN client may also verify the identity of the VPN server which is optional As VPN client Vigor2820 don t verify the identity of VPN server So in this example we just setup vigor2820 as the identity of Vigor2820 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Local Network Mask field Enter Vigor2820
45. Auto refresh LJ Statistics V1 Reports V2 Reports V3 Reports V Leave Receive Receive Receive Receive 0 0 0 0 IGMP Groups Port Members 2 3 Dray Te k 212 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide V1 3 Reports Receive Display the number of Received V1 V3 Reports V2 Leave Receive Display the number of Received V2 Leave Groups Display current IGMP groups Maximum number of group for each VLAN can be set is 128 Port Members Display the LAN ports in this group Refresh Click this button to refresh the page immediately Clear Click this button to clear the settings on this page 4 7 5 UPnP Configuration The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP Configuration UPnP Configuratio
46. Capacity Display the free disk space of the disk Status Display current usage status of the disk Update Check the box of Safely Remove Disk then click this button to update the disk status Refresh Devices Click this button to refresh the disk status 4 10 4 Disk Shares This page can define the folder which will be shared while Samba File Sharing is enabled USB Application gt gt Disk Shares Disk Shares Share Name Comment Path Visible j No Shares Add a New Entry Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 243 Dray Te k To add a new entry for disk sharing please click Add a New Entry to open the following page USB Application gt gt Disk Share Add Disk Share Identification Share Name Comment Settings Volume USB2 0 Mobile Disk 1 1967 M PORT 1 Path Visible Access Rights Access Share Name Type a name to be known by other computers in local network The name must not contain spaces or special characters Comment Type the brief description for the disk sharing The words here will be seen in Network Neighborhood on Windows client computers Volume Select the proper volume for the connected USB disk Path It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB disk In addition if the user types 7 here he she can access into all of the di
47. Disk Shares Disk Shares o E o Share Name Comment Path Visible No Shares Add a New Entry To add a new entry for disk sharing please click Add a New Entry to open the following page USB Application gt gt Disk Share Add Disk Share Identification Share Name Comment Settings Volume USB2 0 Mobile Disk 1 1967M PORT 1 w Path Visible Access Rights Share Name Type a name to be known by other computers in local network The name must not contain spaces or special characters Comment Type the brief description for the disk sharing The words here will be seen in Network Neighborhood on Windows client computers Volume Select the proper volume for the connected USB disk Path It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB disk Note When write protect status for the USB disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Visible Check this box to make this USB diskette to be seen in Network Neighborhood on Windows of clients in local network Access Rights Specify the access right and apply to all the wireless clients Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 97 Dr ay Te k tha
48. Hardware NAT LAN to WAN NAT throughput can be over 900M bps But be sure that your PC has Giga Ethernet and connect with CAT6 Ethernet cable NAT gt gt Hardware NAT Hardware NAT Configuration Hardware NAT 3 3 2 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications NAT gt gt Open Port Port Forwarding Name Protocol Start Port End Port Local Host Local Port No Port Forwarding Add New Entry Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits To add a new open port click Add new entry NAT gt gt Open Port Add Port Forwarding Ent Enable Name Protocol TCP UDRP Start Port End Port foptional Local Host Local Port faptional Enable Check this box to enable this function Name Specify the name for the defined network service Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 59 Dr ay Te k Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP and TCP UDP TCP UDP TCP UDP TCP UDP WAN IP Specify one WAN IP address to be used by such profile The default setting is ALL which mean such profile can be applied for all the WAN IP addresses WARN IP Alias Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the loc
49. High Drop EF Class Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 261 Dray Te k Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Phone 1 Call Feature Prefer Cod G 729A 8 BKbps Call Forwarding ad ee SPURL Ee denotes a Packet Size lei 2 a Voice Active Detector C DNDiDe Not Disturb Mode LI CLR hide caller ID Default SIP Account LI Call Waiting C Play dial tone only when account registered C Call Transfer Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Mo Answer Busy or Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec DND Do Not Disturb Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP mode phone call During the period the one who dial in will
50. IPv4 as the Frame Type You will see IP Parameters on the bottom of the page If you choose Other as IP Protocol Filter you will get the page as the following IP Parameters IP Protocol Filter IP Protocol Value Source IF Source IP Address source IP Mask Dest IP Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask IP Protocol Value When Other is selected for the IP protocol filter you can enter a specific value here The range is 0 to 255 The default value is 255 A frame meeting this ACE matches this IP protocol value Source IP Specify the source IP filter for this ACE Any No source IP filter is specified Host Source IP filter is set to Host Specify the source IP address in the source IP Address field that appears Network Source IP filter is set to Network Specify the source IP address and source IP mask in the source IP Address and source IP Mask fields that appear Source IP Address Type the source IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as source IP Filter Source IP Mask Type the source IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as source IP Dest IP Specify the destination IP filter for this ACE Any No destination IP filter is specified Host Destination IP filter is set to Host Specify the destination IP address in the destination IP Address field that appears Network Destination IP is set to Network Specify the destination IP address and de
51. MAC Address 00 0E Ab 2A D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Connection Type drop down menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type PPTP w WAN IP Alias PPTP Settings Username Password server Address WARN IP Network Settings static IP IF Address 172 16 3 102 subnet Wask specify Gateway IP Address Primary ONS Server secondary ONS Server Redial Policy MTU Size Optional Fixed IP P CF Fixed IP Address PCF Clone MAC Address Enable Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Dray Tek 38 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Server Address WAN IP Network Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Redial Policy Idle Time Out MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IPCP Clone MAC Address Type in the IP address for PPTP L2TP server You can choose Static IP or DHCP as WAN IP network setting Type the IP address if you choose Static IP as the WAN IP network setting Type the subnet mask if you chose Static IP as the WAN IP If you choose Static IP for WAN IP Network Settings you must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide y
52. Malaut Status Account Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default lt lt 1 20 21 40 41 50 gt gt ext gt gt ho JOO TA Io A e I b e 10 KAXAK ee OX ee OX eX Oe OS eX ee OX ee oS ee Po Se _ IS ko le Fi lem lm le Io Ie F Status V Active XC L Inactive Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 251 Dray Te k VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Display Name The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address SIP URL Enter your friend s SIP account Dial Out Account Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured 4 11 1 2 Digit Map For the convenience
53. My Network Places said ere ET 3 My Documents Sent 404 tad ig My Computer Recened 1 115 BEG _ LAN or High Speed Internet Local rea Connection Enabled aes Realtek RTL139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application a TIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ed x Advanced Settings General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS a3 IF Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP m nmegr 192 168 29 11 5789 63231 TCF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected Add Edit sjete The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications wil
54. Refresh 4 15 9 Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click Sessions Table to open the list page This page displays the session information for UDP and or TCP Also you can specify the IP range to observe the corresponding information for your necessity Diagnostics gt gt Sessions Table Protocol Protocol WIDP TEF IDR IDR IDR LIDP TCP TEF IDR TEF UGF TEF UGF TEF TCF Page Auto refresh Refresh Shall ALL Protocol Source IP Fort ae A Source IF Port 192 168 1 192 168 1 192 168 1 192 165 1 1952 165 1 192 168 1 192 168 1 192 168 1 1952 165 1 1952 165 1 192 168 1 eet iste 192 166 1 192 160 1 192 168 1 Source IP Port Dest IP Port State Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 10 33542 10 4626 10 33542 10 353542 10 33542 10 33542 10 4546 10 4834 10 353542 10 4536 10 33542 10 4831 10 33542 10 4532 10 4713 session column v Auto refresh session w Action 5 Unblock Check it to enable auto refresh function Click it to reload the page Page Auto refresh C State Show ALL C Dest IP Part Dest IP Port 61 194 254 1702421 192 168 1 1 50 61 194 254 170 2412 61 194 254 1770 2419 61 194 234 1702414 61 194 234 170 2425 213 146 188 12 443 61 194 254 17 0 27425 61 194 234 170 2425 61 194 254 17027425 61 194 254 170 27425 114 59 201 14 445 169 254 210 AF ar 425 220 1350 359 124 445 99 255 122 230M3 State ESTABLISHED ESTA
55. Restore 4 14 6 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt Syslog Mail Alert Setup Syslog Access Setup Enable Router Mame server IP Address Destination Port Log Level ser access log Mail Alert Setup Enable SMTP Server ohTP Port Mail To Mail From User Name Password Enable E Mail Alert User Lagin Enable Syslog Access Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Log Level User Access Log Enable Mail Alert Vigor2130 Series User s Guide igor 130 192 166 1 10 Check Enable to activate function of syslog Assign a name of this device The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Choose the severity level for the system log entry Warning Error Check this box to record the user logging information Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Send a Test e mail Click this button to let the system send a test e mail to the specified e mail address 287 Dray Tek SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Mail From Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box
56. SSID of the connected station Auth Display the authentication of the connected station Encrypt Display the encryption type adapted by the connected station Mode Display the connection mode used by the connected station Auto refresh Check this box to force the system refreshing the table automatically Refresh Click this button to refresh current page Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 89 Dray Te k 3 6 5 Access Point Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Note During the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor The table will list channel SSID BSSID Security and the Signal strength of working APs in the neighborhood Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point Discove Security ignali Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address ILENE Bridge Repeater CH Display the channel for the scanned AP SSID Display the SSID of the scanned AP BSSID Display the MAC address of the scanned AP Security Display the encryption type of the scanned AP Signal Display the strength in percentage of the signal of the scanned AP Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be Shown on the box above t
57. Share Add Disk Share Identification share Mame bt_folder Comment Settings olume Generic Flash Disk 2010M PORT 1 d Wisible Access Rule ACCESS All Users Read write cance 4 Now PCs in LAN connected to Vigor2130 can open a browser from his her computer Simply type 192 168 1 1 in the field of Address and then click Go E Google Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Et J lt 2 x a A K Search 5p Favorites 4 ee E 3s Address 192 168 1 1 CH Go links e E p Web Images Videos Maps News Shopping Gmail more iGoogle Search settings Sign in Google Advanced Search Language Tools Google Search I m Feeling Lucky Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 329 Dray Tek 6 Dray Tek The sharing disk with the name of bt_folder created above will be shown as the following figure E 192 168 1 1 Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back S P Search a Folders E w Address g 1192 168 1 1 J gt co Links v aN 4 bt_folder Network Tasks a Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network y 2 Set up a wireless network For a home or small office gly View workgroup computers cy Show icons for networked UPnP devices Other Places gly Unknown ig My Computer My Documents Cy
58. Shared Documents Gay Printers and Faxes Double click bt_folder to view the files in the disk bt_folder on Samba Server 192 168 1 1 Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help v Eco ink File and Folder Tasks a downloads Make a new folder a Publish this Folder to the Web opkg install Other Places Samba Server 192 168 1 1 My Documents Shared Documents i My Computer My Network Places Details 330 FinalDataEnterprise_20_2 transmission Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 7 Ifyou want to check the BT Torrent files downloaded from Internet to USB disk access into bt_folder gt gt downloads torrents Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back 7 amp S P Search Key Folders ia Addfess C 192 168 1 1 bt_folder downloads JELI File and Folder Tasks 8 04 1 addon hppa iso part edubuntu 8 04 1 addon ua64 iso part a Make a new Folder LJ d irc eae edubuntu 8 04 1 addon sparc iso part _ edubuntu 9 04 addon i386 iso part edubuntu 8 04 1 addon powerpc iso part Other Places B transmission My Documents G Shared Documents ig My Computer My Network Places Details Note While the file is downloading the file extension name will be part Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 331 Dray Te k This page is left blank Dray Tek 332 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 6
59. Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings 106 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 8 1 3 Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Interface Status 1 x a x x 4 x 5 x a x a x o x g x 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt Next gt gt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Call Direction IT ka Barring Type Specific URVURL Interface Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 107 Dr ay Te k specific URVURL Specific U
60. Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 333 Dray Te k 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the
61. address for IPv6 server RADVD The router advertisement daemon radvd sends Router Advertisement messages specified by RFC 2461 to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message These messages are required for IPv6 stateless auto configuration Configuration Type RADVD Stateless Advertisement lifetime 30 minutes Advertisement Lifetime The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds It s used to control the lifetime of the prefix The maximum value corresponds to 18 2 hours A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and should not appear on the default router list 4 12 3 IPv6 Firewall Setup This page allows users to set firewall rules for IPv6 packets Note Section 4 4 Firewall is configured for IPv4 packets only IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall IPv6 Firewall List Name Protocol Source IP Destination IP Source Port Destination Port Action Add New Rule Delete All Name Display the name of the rule Protocol Display the protocol TCP UDP ICMPv6 the rule uses Source IP Display the source IP address of such rule Destination IP Display the destination IP address of such rule Source Port Display the source port number of such rule Destination Port Display the destination port number of such rule Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 271 Dray Te k Action Display the status accept or drop of such rule
62. bandwidth limitation set here Please define the start IP address for the specific limitation End IP Define the end IP address for the specific limitation TX Limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream to be applied as specific limitation If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX Limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream to be applied as specific limitation If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list When you finish adding a new bandwidth limit simply click OK Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 199 Dray Tek 4 6 3 Port Rate Control A policer can limit the bandwidth of received frames It is located in front of the ingress queue And a shaper can limit the bandwidth of transmitted frames It is located after the ingress queues This page allows you to configure the switch port rate limit for Policers and Shapers Bandwidth Management gt gt Port Rate Control Rate Limit Configuration Policer Policer Policer Shaper Shaper Shaper Enabled Rate Rx Unit Enabled Rate Tx Unit a Mote Shaper must be enable
63. be tagged with VLAN ID number specified here The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 VoIP WAN Setting Click this link to open VoIP WAN setting WAN gt gt VolP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type None LAN NAT Such value is constant and fixed All the data will be transmitted by NAT through WAN port Bridge 1 2 3 LAN port P2 P4 selected here will ask a Public IP address Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 157 Dray Te k from ISP for transmitting data from PC directly without NAT The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 Each ID setting must be unique and different with WAN VLAN ID VoIP WAN Setting VoIP WAN is the interface specified for the usage of VoIP The settings will be changed based on the connection type selected When Static IP is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VolP WAN Connection Type Static IP Settings IF Address Subnet Wask Gateway IP Address Primary DNS Server secondary ONS Server IP Address Type the IP address obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Subnet Mask Type the Subnet mask obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Primary DNS Server Type the IP address of primary DNS server obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Secondary DNS Server Type the IP address of secondary DNS server obtained from
64. between this subnet and the subnet specified in Remote Network Mask will travel through the VPN tunnel Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection Check this box to let the remote user connecting to FTP server via this router Check this box to let the remote user to adjust the settings of router by TELNET When you finish the settings simply click OK to save the configuration The new user will be Users Users Username Full Name came care ni Add a New User created and displayed on the page Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC L2TP Allow PPTP Allow FTP y if y Editing Deleting User Settings To edit a user click the name link under Username to open the following page Modify the settings except Username and then click OK to save and exit it If you want to remove such user settings simply click Delete User User Configuration Edit User Enable Username Full Mare Password Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC LZTP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Vigor2130 Series User s Guide User Settings carrie carrie ni 139 Dray Tek 3 11 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status TR 069 User Password Configuration Back
65. device through PPTP When such user profile needs to have PPTP LAN to LAN connection the following three items must be adjusted Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Check this box to let such user profile supporting PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Traffic between this subnet and the subnet specified in Remote Network Mask will travel through the VPN tunnel Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection Check this box to let the remote user connecting to FTP server via this router Check this box to let the remote user to adjust the settings of router by TELNET When you finish the settings simply click OK to save the configuration The new user will be created and displayed on the page Dray Tek Users Users Status Username 7 carrie Add a Mew User Full Name Disk Sharing IPSEC L2TP PPTP FIP Telnet carrie ni Ta vA of Pi Z 218 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Editing Deleting User Settings To edit a user click the name link under Username to open the following page Modify the settings except Username and then click OK to save and exit it If you want to remove such user settings simply click Delete User User Configuration Edit User Enable Llsername Full Marne Password Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC L2TP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mas
66. enabled Check the box to disable this function if required Age Time Delete a MAC address idling for a period of time from the following MAC Table which will not affect static MAC address Range of MAC Address Aging Time is 10 1000000 seconds The default Aging Time is 300 seconds MAC Table Learning List the port members which apply dynamic learning mechanism or not Auto Enable this port MAC address dynamic learning mechanism Disable Disable this port MAC address dynamic learning Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 167 Dray Te k mechanism only support static MAC address setting Secure Disable this port MAC address dynamic learning mechanism and copy the dynamic learning packets to CPU Static MAC Table Config Specify static MAC address with VLAN ID to apply aging configuration Delete Click the button to remove the VLAN setting VLAN ID Specify the interface for the port members MAC Address It is a six byte long Ethernet hardware address and usually expressed by hex and separated by hyphens For example 00 40 C7 D6 00 02 WAN LAN1 4 Check the port to apply this VLAN setting To add a new static MAC entry click Add new static entry A new entry will be shown as follows Choose a VLAN ID and type a new MAC address Next specify port member for this table Finally click OK to save the changes Static MAC Table Configuration Port Members Delete VLAN ID MAC Address WAN LAN1 LAN LANJ LAN4
67. encryption mode to improve the security and privacy of your wireless data packets WEP WPA PSK WPA RADIUS WPS Each encryption mode will bring out different web page and ask you to offer additional configuration WEP If you choose WEP as the security configuration you have to specify encryption key Key 1 Key 4 and authentication mode open or shared All wireless devices must support the same Dray Tek 24 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Quick Start Wizard Wireless System Configuration Enable Wireless LAN SSID Broadcast SSID Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WEF Configuration Default Key keyi Keyz keyg keyg Authentication Mode Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Choose the key you wish to use by using the Default Key drop down list Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 25 Dr ay Te k WPA PSK If you choose WPA PSK as the security configuration you have to specify WPA mode algorithm and pre shared key Quick Start Wizard Wireless System Configuration Enable Wireless LAN SSID Broadcast SSID Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPA PSK Configuration Type WPA Algorithm WPA Pre Shared Key Type The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below o
68. encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as WPA mode Auto WPA or WPA2 Enter the IP address of RADIUS server The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret 27 Dray Tek WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 If you choose WPS as the security configuration you can press Start WPS PIN and Start WPS PBC to complete the wireless connection Quick Start Wizard Wireless System Configuration Enable Wireless LAN SSID OrayTek Wireless Security Configuration WPS Configuration Configure via Push Button start PBC Configure via Client Pincode Oooo start PIM Configure via Push Button Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes
69. field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed 190 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide TCP SYN TCP RST TCP PSH TCP ACK TCP URG Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Specify the TCP Synchronize sequence numbers SYN value for this ACE 0 TCP frames where the SYN field is set must not be able to match this entry 1 TCP frames where the SYN field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed 0 TCP frames where the RST field is set must not be able to match this entry 1 TCP frames where the RST field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed Specify the TCP Push Function PSH value for this ACE 0 TCP frames where the PSH field is set must not be able to match this entry 1 TCP frames where the PSH field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed Specify the TCP Acknowledgment field significant ACK value for this ACE 0 TCP frames where the ACK field is set must not be able to match this entry 1 TCP frames where the ACK field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed Specify the TCP Urgent Pointer field significant URG value for this ACE 0 TCP frames where the URG field is set must not be able to match this entry 191 Dray Tek 1 TCP frames where the URG field is set must be able to match this entry Any Any value is allowed Choose
70. filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Dray Tek 140 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Save In Ei Desktop v my Documents A p My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents i RyS COM Lite Annex A 3 mmm Baska mMwSnap300 C TeleDanmark z mo aa config A 2 My Documents vzkz2_232_config_1 B weke_ 250_config_1 My Computer a File name config w My Network Save as type Configuration file wt 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Please specify a key and click Backup ta download current running configurations as a encrypted file Key optional Backup Note You will need the same key to do configuration restoreation Restoration Select a configuration file a Please enter the key and click Restore to upload the confiquration file key optional 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct c
71. for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface is not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dray Tek 30 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2130 Series Dray Tek a z High Speed Gigabit Router f to Logout v Quick Start Wizard ai Auto refresh CI Refresh Online Status Model Vigor2130V WAN Firmware Version vi 50i LAN Build Date Time Thu Now 18 13 15 51 CST 2010 NAT System Date Mon Dec 13 OF 32 25 2010 CSM System Uptime r 4d 03 59 06 System Status Bandwidth Management Applications System Wireless LAN CPU Usage 43 Connection Mode Static WAN USB A
72. for limit session End IP Defines the end LAN IP address for limit session Sessions Limit Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list When you finish adding a new session limit simply click OK 3 4 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Configuration Disable Enable Smart Bandwidth Limit When session number exceeds 1000 Tx Limit S000 Kbps Rx Limit 5000 Kbps User defined Bandwidth Limit Limitation List Index Start IF TH limit EX limit Specific Limitation Stat IP o Endi o Tx Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps 1 Bandwidth limit only works for WEW sessions Original sessions are controlled by HNAT 2 Ifthe IF is controlled by bandwidth limit throughput would be lower than oohbps
73. invalid Clone MAC Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 OE A6 2 4 D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them PPTP L2TP To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Connection Type drop down menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type PRIF w WAN IP Alias PPTP Settings Username Password server Address WARN IP Network Settings static IP IF Address 172 16 3 102 subnet Mask specify Gateway IP Address Primary ONS Server secondary ONS Server Redial Policy MTU Size Optional Fixed IP P CF Fixed IP Address PCF Clone MAC Address Enable Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Server Address Type in the IP address for PPTP L2TP server Dray Te k 154 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Redial Policy Idle Time Out MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IPCP Clone MAC Address You can choose Static IP or DHCP as WAN IP network setting Type the IP address if you choose Static IP as the WAN IP network setting
74. light means the WAN connection is successful Speed Current It displays current speed that the router uses Speed Configured You can use the drop down list to choose the required speed for the router If you have no idea in configuring speed simple use the default setting Auto Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 159 Dr ay Te k Flow Control Maximum Frame Excessive Collision Mode Power Control Dray Tek 1Gbps FDX 100Mbps FDX 100Mbps HDX 10Mbps FDX 10Mbps HDX If flow control is enabled by checking Configured box both parties can send PAUSE frame to the transmitting device s if the receiving port is too busy to handle If not there will be no flow control in the port It drops the packet if too much to handle Current Rx indicates whether pause frames on the port are obeyed Current Tx indicates whether pause frames on the port are transmitted This module offers 1518 9600 Bytes length to make the long packet for data transmission There are two modes for you to choose when excessive collision happened in half duplex condition Discard w Restart Discard It determines whether the MAC drops frames after an excessive collision has occurred If yes a frame is dropped after excessive collision This is IEEE Standard 802 3 half duplex flow control operation Restart It determines whether the MAC retransmits frames after an excessive collision has occurred If set a frame is not dropped after e
75. may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN t Wireless LAN s seneral Setup Access Control Station List Access Point Discovery WMM Configuration E Wr C 3 6 2 General Setup By clicking the General Setup a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSIDs and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Dray Tek 82 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting Enable Wireless LAN soll 1 soll 2 soll 3 soll 4 Wireless Mode Channel Extension Channel Tx Power Enable Green AF Enable IGMP Snooping Isolate Show Hide SSID tdermber Show par dC Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SID cannot access for each other SSID 1 SSID 2 Wireless Security Configuration Encryption SSID 3 SSID 4 Enable Wireless LAN Show Hide SSID Isolate Member Wireless Mode Channel Extension Channel Tx Power Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable the wireless function
76. more detailed information Dray Tek 32 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Below shows the menu items for WAN WAN Multi LAN Ports ols Backup 3 1 1 Internet Access This page allows you to set WAN configuration with different modes Use the Connection Type drop down list to choose one of the WAN modes The corresponding page will be displayed WAN gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type DHCP w WAN IP Alias DHCP Settings Router Name Vigor 130 The same as syslog s router name Domain Name f Domain Mame are required for some ISPs MTU Size Optional WAN Connection Detection Mode Clone MAC Address Enable L Enable Check the box to enable the WAN IP configuration Connection Type Use the Connection Type drop down list to choose one of the WAN modes The corresponding page will be displayed Jats USE Modem WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Such function can be applied to each connection type Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 33 Dr ay Te k hitp 192_168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer fa X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Y 172 16 3 102 Below shows the configuration page for each connection type Static For static IP mode you usuall
77. needs to be authenticated please set URL as the following and type username and password for VigorACS server http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services ACSServlet If the connected CPE does not need to be authenticated please set URL as the following http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services UnAuthACSServ let Username Password Type username and password for ACS Server for authentication For example if you want to use such CPE with VigorACS you can type as the following Username acs Password password CPE Settings Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Dray Tek 138 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE Periodic Inform Settings Disable The system will not send inform message to ACS server Enable The system will send inform message to ACS server periodically with the time set in the box of interval time The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification 3 11 3 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Contin
78. network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 249 Dray Tek Alice Bob sip alicemdraytel com sip bobia draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection betw
79. of User Login to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fg Router Tools 3 5 1 About Router Tools BA Firmware Uperade Utility jp Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router it DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate Vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate EE ae a 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description 515 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc Y 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 NIC Information MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10
80. of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Interface Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Min Len sd vari o o b b b i e bo o b o 2 a 4 5 E T JOO JUUOOOC Note Min Len and Max Len should be between 0 25 Dray Te k 252 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Prefix Number Mode OP Number Min Len Max Len Interface Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Check this box to invoke this setting The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with SS6 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix num
81. other networks which is physically isolated Please note that when you set to this mode Vigor2130 will not accept regular wireless clients anymore In Repeater mode the router will connect to up to four Vigor2130 which use the same mode and all wired Ethernet clients of every Vigor2130 will be connected together You can use this mode to connect a network to other networks which is physically isolated When you use this mode this access point is still able to accept wireless clients Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 239 Dr ay Tek Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WOS Settings Mode WODSt1 Enable Security Disabled WEF TKIF Key looo Key WDS Enable Security Disabled WEF TKIF Mode Security Key Peer Mac Address Phy Mode Dray Tek Feer Mac Address OO O0 0 0 AES Peer Mac Address OO OOOO AES ky oo Key Phy Mode WDS3 Enable Peer hac Address OOO O0 0 Security Disabled WEF TKIF AES WDS4 Enable Feer blac Address goo0o0onn Security Disabled WEF TKIP AES Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge Mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater Mode is for the second one Bridge Mode Disable Bridge Mode Repeater Mode There are four types for security Disabled WEP TKIP and Key or Peer Mac Address field valid o
82. please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Clone MAC Address Enable MAC Address 00 0E A6 2A D5 A1 45 Dray Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address ie Private Subnet Router IF Addres m In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from yo
83. required speed for the router If you have no idea in configuring speed simple use the default setting Auto Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 45 Dr ay Te k Flow Control Maximum Frame Excessive Collision Mode Power Control Dray Tek 1Gbps FDX 100Mbps FDX 100Mbps HDX 10Mbps FDX 10Mbps HDX If flow control is enabled by checking Configured box both parties can send PAUSE frame to the transmitting device s if the receiving port is too busy to handle If not there will be no flow control in the port It drops the packet if too much to handle Current Rx indicates whether pause frames on the port are obeyed Current Tx indicates whether pause frames on the port are transmitted This module offers 1518 9600 Bytes length to make the long packet for data transmission There are two modes for you to choose when excessive collision happened in half duplex condition Discard w Restart Discard It determines whether the MAC drops frames after an excessive collision has occurred If yes a frame is dropped after excessive collision This is IEEE Standard 802 3 half duplex flow control operation Restart It determines whether the MAC retransmits frames after an excessive collision has occurred If set a frame is not dropped after excessive collisions but the backoff sequence is restarted This is a violation of IEEE Standard 802 3 but is useful in non dropping half duplex flow control operation Th
84. specific ICMP code filter with this ACE you can enter a specific ICMP code value A field for entering an ICMP code value appears If you choose Specific as ICMP Code Filter you have to type the ICMP Type Value manually The allowed range is 0 to 255 A frame meeting this ACE matches this ICMP value Choose IPv4 as the Frame Type You will see IP Parameters on the bottom of the page If you choose UDP as IP Protocol Filter you will get the page as the following Dray Tek 186 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide IP Parameters IP Protocol Filter Source P Source IP Address Source IP Mask Dest IP Network UDP Parameters Source Port Filter Source Port No Dest Port Filter Dest IP Address 192 168 1 25 Dest IP Mask Source IP Source IP Address Source IP Mask Dest IP Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask Source Port Filter Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Any No source IP filter is specified Host Source IP filter is set to Host Specify the source IP address in the Source IP Address field that appears Network Source IP filter is set to Network Specify the source IP address and source IP mask in the Source IP Address and Source IP Mask fields that appear Type the Source IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as source Source IP Type the Source IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as source Source IP Specify the destinati
85. steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using E9 ASUSTeK Broadoom 440k 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client for Microsoft Networks 5 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks QoS Packet Scheduler internet Protocol TEPAF Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol nternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity D P ay Te k 334 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically
86. than 15 or No Limit The unit of the rate can be either pps packets per second or kpps kilopackets per second The configuration indicates the permitted packet rate for unicast multicast or broadcast traffic across the switch Click OK to save the settings 4 4 2 Ports Configuration This page is used to configure the ACL Access Control List parameters for each port These parameters will affect data packets received on a port unless the data packets match a specific ACE Access Control Entry Firewall gt gt Ports Configuration Ports Configuration Clear Action Counter Allow Disabl 17411 Allow Disablec 0 Allow Disablec 14805 Port There is one WAN port and 4 LAN ports in Vigor2130 Here each port will be configured with different ID action rate limiter ID port copy and etc Action Select whether forwarding is permitted Allow or denied Deny The default value is Allow Action Allow Deny Allow Rate Limiter ID Select a rate limiter to apply to this port Available settings include Disabled and 1 to 10 The default value is Disabled Dray Tek 178 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Counter Refresh Clear Click OK to save the settings Rate Limiter ID Rate Limiter ID 2 3 A nun o Counts the number of frames that match this Access Control Entry ACE Click this button to refresh the number of the counter immediately Click
87. the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 we en Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 81 Dr ay Te k WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you
88. the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 39 Dray Tek 3G USB Modem If your router connects to a 3G modem and you want to access Internet via 3G modem choose 3G as connection type and type the required information in this web page WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Connection Type 3G USB Modem 3G USB Modem Settings SIM PIN code Modem Initial String Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Clone MAC Address jefault AT amp F jefault ATEOV1X1 amp 028C150 0 ault internet jefault ATDT 99 Enable SIM PIN code Modem Initial String1 2 APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Clone MAC Address Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 24 D5 A1 After finishin
89. to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2130 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Dray Tek Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface 238 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide LAN1 E LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below In Bridge mode the router will connect to up to four Vigor2130 which use the same mode and all wired Ethernet clients of every Vigor2130 will be connected together You can use this mode to connect a network to
90. to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall DoS Defense Ports Configuration Access Control List Traffic Control 4 4 1 DoS Defense Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Storm control for the switch is configured on this page Firewall gt gt DoS Defense Storm Control Configuration Frame Type Status Unicast Multicast F Broadcast d Frame Type Set the Unicast storm rate control multicast storm rate control and a broadcast storm rate control for your router Status Check this box to enable storm control status for the frame type Rate The unit is packet per second pps Use the drop down list Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 177 Dray Te k to set the rate for data transmission The rate is 2 n where n is equal to or less
91. to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 12 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software 9 Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use LA Manufacturer Eidi AST OLA Canon y o aina v zy This driver is digitally signed Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 19 Sa Print to the following ports Documents will print to the first free
92. traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic t VoIP DialPlan SIF Accounts Phone settings Status Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 103 Dr ay Te k 3 8 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring and Regional links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Confiquration Phone Book Digit Wap Call Barring Regional 3 8 1 1 Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2820V for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Setup Index Phone number Display Name SIP URL Malaut Status Account Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Default lt lt 1 20 21 40 41 50 gt gt ext gt gt ho JOO TA Io A e I b e 10 KAXAK ee OX ee OX eX Oe OS eX ee OX ee oS ee Po Se _ IS ko le Fi lem lm le Io Ie F Status V
93. twnnel is active QoS O The QoS function is active DoS On The DoS DDoS function is active Blinking It will blink while detecting an attack Interfac Description e WAN LAN Connectors for local networked devices 1 2 3 4 USB Connector for USB storage device Pen Driver Mobile 1 2 HD or printer or 3G backup Dray Tek 2 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide TUL a m Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 2 Dray Te k 1 3 2 For Vigor2130n LED SENS SEMETON Activity normally HPA WAN ren 1 2 3 4 The port is disconnected USB1 2 Qos WLAN Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes through WPS Press this button for 2 seconds to wait Button for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS connection will be on Of o On Off The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes Interface Description WLAN Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for access
94. with its status code Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Auto refresh Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 235 Dr ay Te k Index Display the number of the connected station IP Address Display the WAN IP address for the connected station MAC Address Display the MAC Address for the connected station Connected Time Display the connection time for the connected station SSID Display the SSID of the connected station Auth Display the authentication of the connected station Encrypt Display the encryption type adapted by the connected station Mode Display the connection mode used by the connected station Auto refresh Check this box to force the system refreshing the table automatically Refresh Click this button to refresh current page 4 9 5 Access Point Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Note During the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor The table will list channel SSID BSSID Security and the Signal strength of working APs in the neighborhood Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point Discoven Security ignali Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address ILENE Bridge Repeater
95. you choose Host or Network as Source IP Type the Source IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as source Source IP 189 Dray Tek Dest IP Filter Dest IP Address Dest IP Mask ICMP Type Filter ICMP Type Value ICMP Code Filter ICMP Code Value Specify the destination IP filter for this ACE Host Network Any No destination IP filter is specified Host Destination IP filter is set to Host Specify the destination IP address in the Dest IP Address field that appears Network Destination IP filter is set to Network Specify the destination IP address and destination IP mask in the DIP Address and Dest IP Mask fields that appear Type the Dest IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as destination Dest IP Type the Dest IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as destination Dest IP Specify the ICMP filter for this ACE Specific If you want to filter a specific ICMP filter with this ACE you can enter a specific ICMP value A field for entering an ICMP value appears If you choose Specific as ICMP Type Filter you have to type the ICMP Type Value manually The allowed range is 0 to 255 A frame meeting this ACE matches this ICMP value Specify the ICMP code filter for this ACE Ay E ANY Any No ICMP code filter is specified ICMP code filter status is don t care Specific If you want to filter a
96. 0 ff fe00 0 64 Link 172 16 1 1 188 95 1 1 Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display current time and date for the system server Display the connection time for the system server Display the percentage of the CPU usage of your system Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Memory Usage LAN MAC Address IP Address IP Mask IPv6 Address Global IPv6 Address Link DHCP Server WAN Connection Mode Link Status MAC Address IP Address IP Mask IPv6 Address Link Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Device Type SSID Channel Manufacturer Model Size Status Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Display the size of the memory usage and the percentage Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the global IPv6 address of the LAN interface Display the link local IPv6 address of the LAN interface Display if the DHCP server is active or not Display current connection type used Display the connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the WAN interface Display the IPv6 address of the WAN interface Display the gateway address of the WAN
97. 03 04 Notes Before removing USB storage device please DISABLE DLNA service and then remove the device The audio and video files might not be played normally due to unrecognized equipment set in client D F ay Ti e k 324 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 5 How to download BT Torrent to USB Device via Vigor Router Download BT Torrent 1 Plug USB storage disk into the USB slot of Vigor2130 Access into the web configuration interface of Vigor2130 2 Open USB Application gt gt Disk Status 3 Wait for few seconds for the router to detect it If the disk is detected it will be shown as the following figure USB Application gt gt Disk Status Disk Status Safely Remove Disk Manufacturer Model Size Free Capacity Status a Generic Flash Disk 2011M 1 76 In use Update Refresh Devices 4 Make sure that WAN connection has been established Online Status Auto refresh System Status System Uptime Od 02 00 14 LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes 192 168 1 1 4063 4568 1494410 673774 IPv6 Address 2000 1 64 Global feso 200 ff fe00 0 64 Link WAN Status IP GW IP Mode Up Time 1f2 16 3 102 172 156 1 1 Static IP Od 00 37 21 IPv6 Address feed 200 tf fe00 0 64 Clink Primary DNS Secondary DNS TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes log ois dak Le Le 20301 155002 eocld a 5 Open USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download Click Install to install BT mod
98. 1 3128250 LAN1 0 0 0 0 LANZ 18630 16062 3349573 13192564 LANA Port Display the interface that data transmission passing through Packets Display the packet sizes for data transmission in receiving and sending Bytes Display the number of received and transmitted bytes per port Errors Display the number of the error occurred in data receiving and data sending Drops Display the number of the data lost in receiving and sending Filtered Display the number of received frames filtered by the forwarding process Auto refresh Check it to enable auto refresh function Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the counters for all ports Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 295 Dr ay Te k 4 15 5 Detailed Statistics This page display detailed statistics for WAN LAN interface Diagnostics gt gt Detailed Statistics Detailed Port Statistics WAN Receive Total Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Multicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause Receive Size Counters Rx 64 Bytes Rx 65 127 Bytes Rx 126 255 Bytes Rx 256 511 Bytes Rx 512 1023 Bytes Rx 1024 1526 Bytes Rx 1527 Bytes Receive Queue Counters Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Receive Error Counters Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause RX 64 Bytes RX 65 127 Bytes RX 128 255 Bytes RX 256 511 Bytes RX 512 1023 Bytes RX 1024 1526 By
99. 2 4 or 8 as the queue weighted number Click OK to save the settings 3 4 6 QoS Statistics This page displays statistics for QoS setting Click WAN LAN link to check detailed information for each interface Bandwidth Management gt gt Qo Statistics Queuing Counters Auto refresh L Low Queue Normal Queue Medium Queue High Queue Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit 58350 61843 69518 0 76195 63030 22 12 Port LAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 LANZ 57361 f5r5 1953 61191 66042 75655 LANS 0 0 0 0 LAN4 0 0 Click WAN LAN link to check detailed information for each interface Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 71 Dr ay Te k Diagnostics gt gt Detailed Statistics Detailed Port Statistics WAN Receive Total Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Multicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause Receive Size Counters Rx 64 Bytes Rx 65 127 Bytes Rx 126 255 Bytes Rx 256 511 Bytes Rx 512 1023 Bytes Rx 1024 1526 Bytes Rx 1527 Bytes Receive Queue Counters Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Receive Error Counters Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause RX 64 Bytes RX 65 127 Bytes RX 128 255 Bytes RX 256 511 Bytes RX 512 1023 Bytes RX 1024 1526 Bytes RX 1527 Bytes Dray Tek Auto refresh L Transmit Total 6320 Tx Packets 1729133 Tx Octets 3129 Tx Unicast 200
100. 2 3 1_arm ipk Installing libdina 0 2 3 1 to usb Downloading http Mvigor2130 googlecode com files libdina_0 2 3 1_arm ipk Installing libdina 0 2 5 1 to usb 4 After finished the service installation the configuration page will be open automatically Please click Enable and type a name in the field of Server Name Then click OK to activate DLNA service USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Settings DLNA Server Enable Disable server Mame Vigaor2130 Path Note Please disable DLNA function before you unplug USB disk OK oma Dray Tek 322 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 After enabled successfully new media device can be seen in My Network Places The name of the media device is the Server Name configured in Step 4 My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back ea pa Search a Folders Ez ee Go Al Local Network Network Tasks le Add a network place Vigor2130 1 Ls View network connections office network 9 Set up 4 home or small 4 Ti Set up a wireless network For a home or small office wy View Workgroup c computers _ Hide icons For networked UFnF devices Other Places Desktop ig My Computer My Documents Note If you cannot see the media device in Network view please check and make sure the UPnP service has been enabled Control Panel gt gt Administrative Tools gt gt Services Services File Action Yiew Help mii e
101. 20 using Aggressive mode We use the following scenario WAN 172 17 1 186 LAN i LAN 192 168 30 0 24 _o geane 192 168 1 0 24 172 17 1 25 i Veo a Vigor 2820 Case 1 VPN direction from Vigor2130 to Vigor2820 VPN configuration on Vigor2130 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Edit VPN Tunnel General Enabled Name Demo Remate IP ir2A74186 gt IKE phase 1 mode Authentication Type Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key eee Confirm Pre Shared Key Local Identity Remote Identity Networks Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask wvigor2130 jvigor2820 192 168 30 0 255 255 2550 ate 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 Advanced Security Settings IKE phase 1 proposal IKE phase 2 proposal Automatic rit Sr Perfect Forward Secrecy O 2 Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is Demo Enter Vigor2820 s WAN IP address in the Remote IP field 4 Select Aggressive Mode as IKE phase 1 mode Dray Tek 314 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2820 6 Setup the Local Identity and Remote Identity which are for Vigor2130 and Vigor2820 respectively During IPSec Aggressive mode negotiation the VPN client must send its identity to the VPN server for verification The VPN client may also verify the identity of the VP
102. 2130 Series User s Guide 69 Dr ay Te k Editing a QCE Click to modify the settings of an existing QCE on this page Moving Up Down a QCE Click and O to move a QCE up and down Deleting a QCE To delete a QCE in the list simply click G of that one It will be removed immediately 3 4 5 Ports Priority This page allows you to configure QoS settings for each port The classification is controlled by a QCL Quality Control List that is assigned to each port A QCL consists of an ordered list of up to 12 QCEs Quality Control Entry Each QCE can be used to classify certain frames to a specific QoS class This classification can be based on parameters such as VLAN ID UDP TCP port IPv4 IPv6 DSCP or Tag Priority Frames not matching any of the QCEs are classified to the default QoS class for the port Bandwidth Management gt gt Ports Priority Port QoS Configuration Queuing Weighted Low Normal Medium High Port Default Class Queuing Mode Port Indicate the interface for the physical port WAN port LAN port and Wireless Port Default Class Use the drop down list to choose the priority for each port Default Class Medium QCL QoS Control List Use the drop down list to choose the QCL number defined in QoS Control List for the port Dray Tek 70 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Queuing Mode Use the drop down list to choose suitable mode Queuing Mode Queue Weighted Use the drop down list to choose 1
103. 255 Bytes Rx 256 511 Bytes Rx 512 1023 Bytes Rx 1024 1526 Bytes Rx 1527 Bytes Receive Queue Counters Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Receive Error Counters Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause RX 64 Bytes RX 65 127 Bytes RX 128 255 Bytes RX 256 511 Bytes RX 512 1023 Bytes RX 1024 1526 Bytes RX 1527 Bytes Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Auto refresh L Transmit Total 6320 Tx Packets 1729133 Tx Octets 3129 Tx Unicast 200 Tx Multicast 2991 Tx Broadcast Tx Pause Transmit Size Counters Tx 64 Bytes Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 126 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Transmit Queue Counters Tx Low Tx Normal Tx Medium Tx High Transmit Error Counters Tx Drops Tx Late Exc Coll Display the counting number of the packet received Display the total received bytes Display the counting number of the received unicast packet Display the counting number of the received broadcast packet Display the counting number of the received pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 65 127 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad pac
104. 2820 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Call Direction Both O Dial o CO always on Idle Timeout 0 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through WAN1 First v Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block Multicast via VPN Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy tone VJ Compression Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 NONE IPSec Security Method O Medium AH i me High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup _ 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username 299 Password IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy None VJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method yl Specify Remote VPN Gatewa Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP E X fi 17 1 25 gt LIKE Pre Shared Key escesegsen or Peer 1D C Digital Signature x 509 None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES M 3pes M aes 4 TCP IP Network Se
105. 3 11 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Remote Management Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet SNMP Setup Enable HTTP c Enable SNMP C Enable HTTPS c Manager Host IP si Enable SSH o Enable ICMP Ping d Enable FTP o Enable TELNET o Access List List Subnet hlask IP 1 fs 255 255 255 255 32 N 2 258 285 255 256 32 V 3 258 285 255 255 32 V Enable HTTP HTTPS SSH ICMP Ping FTP TELNET Enable SNMP Access List Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check it to enable such service Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Type the IP address to specify the certain host You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Repres
106. 30 The same as syslog s router name Domain Mame fs Domain Name are required for some ISPs Router Name Type the name of the router Dray Tek 42 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Domain Name Type the domain name obtained from the ISP When PPPoE is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type PPPoE PPPoE Settings Username Password Confirm Password WITI Size Username Type the name obtained from the ISP Password Type the password obtained from the ISP Confirm Password Type the password again for confirmation MTU Size It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 3 1 3 Ports Ports page is used to change the setting for WAN port You can set or reset the following items All of them are described in detail below WAN gt Ports Port Configuration Refresh Flow Control imum Excessive power Port Link Configured eM Current mi Collision Confit Configured Configured Frame atts Control WAN 100fdx x x O 1522 Discard v Enabled v Port It displays current network interface Link It displays current connection status Green light means the WAN connection is successful Speed Current It displays current speed that the router uses Speed Configured You can use the drop down list to choose the
107. 30 Series User s Guide 31 Dr ay Te k What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authen
108. 39 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 342 6 7 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccseeeccceeeeceeeeseeecceeeeeseeeeeseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesauaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaeseess 343 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ix Dray Tek Preface The Vigor2130 series are the routers with high speed in data transmission through WAN port and LAN ports With hardware NAT acceleration the rate of Vigor2130 series can be ideal for multi media application With the development of NGN Next Generation Network you may recently hear the news about FTTx deployment in your local area or even have already subscribed the unbundling last mile service e g VDSL2 from local ITSP for FTTx As adopting FTTx the main question for end users is whether your legacy router could fully utilize its bandwidth or not For example you purchase a 120 Mbps Internet connection from your ISP but your existing router cannot support 90 Mbps throughput That s why DrayTek launches Vigor2130 series High speed Gigabit router perfectly complied with VDSL2 environment including Vigor2130 Vigor2130n and Vigor2130Vn for speed wanted customers With high throughput performance and secured broadband connectivity provided by Vigor2130 series you can simultaneously engage these bandwidth intensive applications such as high definition video streaming online gaming and Internet telephony access 1 1 Featur
109. AN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexage http go6 net 4105 register asp before you try to use TSPC for network connection TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the specifications inside the configuration file It gets a public Pv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon RADVD the PC behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv Configuration Pv Connection Type TSPC TSPC User Name Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker broker freenet net Tunnel mode Pyb in IPv4 Tunnel Auto reconnect Delay Keepalive Yes No Keepalive Interval Prefix Length Interface Dray Te k 122 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Username Password Confirm Password Tunnel Broker Tunnel Mode Auto reconnect Delay Keepalive Keepalive_interval Prefixlen Interface Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Type the name obtained from the broker vigor2130 is a default username applied from http go6 net 4105 register asp It is suggested for you to apply another username and password Type the password assigned with the user name Type the password again to make the confirmation Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port n
110. Add Tunnel Click it to add a new VPN tunnel via IPSec PPTP protocol Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 223 Dray Te k Adding a VPN Tunnel for IPSec Click Add Tunnel to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Add IPSec VPN Tunnel General Enabled Always On Name Remote IP Host Name IKE phase 1 mode Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Local Identity Remote Identity Networks Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Change default route to this VPN tunnel Advanced Security Settings IKE phase 1 proposal note IKE phase 2 proposal Main Mode vw F i O Automatic shal md5_group2 group5 Automatic shal md5 Perfect Forward Secrecy C Enabled Check here to activate this tunnel Always On Check this box to make the WAN connection being activated always Name Specify a name for this tunnel Remote IP Host Name Enter the IP address FQDN of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate Pre Shared Key Dray Tek outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 mo
111. Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E Ab 2A D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 156 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 1 2 Multi VLAN Vigor2130 series offers multi VLAN function to make the data transmission with security Data transmitting through the DSL port for connecting to Internet can be tagged with an ID number specified here for ensuring the security In addition each LAN port also can be tagged with an ID number in local network to reach the goal of protection If all the boxes are checked it means that Internet connection and data transmission can be done via 4 VLAN groups WAN gt gt 802 10 VLAN Tag Configuration 307 10 VLAN Tag Configuration V Enable Multi VLAN Setup WAN VLAN Setting WAN VLAN ID 2 VolP WAN VLAN Setting Enable VolP WAN Setup VolP WAN WLAN ID VoIP WAN Setting LAN VLAN Setting Note Pl is reserved for WAT Route use Enable Multi VLAN Setup Check the box to enable Multi VLAN configuration WAN VLAN ID Data sent out through the WAN port will be tagged with VLAN ID number specified here The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 Enable VoIP WAN Setup Check the box to enable VoIP WAN configuration VoIP WAN VLAN ID Voice sent out through the WAN port will
112. Automatic iw i Automatic odes aes any aes 126 aes 19 aes 756 The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function 225 Dray Tek Adding a VPN Tunnel for PPTP Click Add Tunnel to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Add PPTP Dial Out Tunnel Dial Out General Settings Enabled Always On Mame Femote IP Authentication User Mame Password MPPE Networks Local Network Wask Remote Network Mlask Change default route to this WPN tunnel Edit PPTP Dial In Tunnel PPTP Dial in Tunnel Enabled Always On Name Remote IP User Name Password MPPE Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Change default route to this VPN tunnel PPTP Dial in Tunnel Click OK to save the settings Dray Tek Add Tunnel Check here to activate this tunnel Check this box to make the WAN connection being activated always Specify a name for this tunnel Enter the IP address name of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Type a name for this tunnel for authentication Type a password for this tunnel for authentication Check this box to enable the function of MPPE for such tunnel Traffic between this subnet and the subnet specified in Remote Network Mask will travel through the VPN tunnel Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to thi
113. BLISHED of h SENT of M_ SENT ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED Allow to choose the page to be displayed on this screen Check it to enable auto refresh function Click it to reload the page Check this box to display all of the data via UDP and TCP Choose one of the protocols to be displayed the corresponding information in this page You can check a range of certain devices by specifying the source and destination IP address es with the port number Display the sessions based on the state chosen here 301 Dray Tek i ALL ESTABLISHED oh SENT CLOSE Click this button to search the information based on the conditions specified Search Clear Clear all of the information displayed in this page 4 15 10 Ports State Click Diagnostics and click Ports State to open the list page There are for LAN ports and one WAN port in your router Through this page you can know which port is using and you can get the detailed statistics for each port by moving and clicking the mouse on the connected one Port State Overview Auto refresh L Auto refresh Check it to enable auto refresh function Refresh Click it to reload the page if you change the LAN port connection Or you can check Auto refresh to reload the page by the system automatically Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Dray Tek m J Applications 5 1 How to Configure Multi VLAN in Vigor Router Vigor2130 supports the function of Mu
114. DiDe Not Disturb Mode CI CLIR hide caller ID C Call Waiting C Call Transfer Hotline Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Voice Active Detector Default SIP Account C Play dial tone only when account registered Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Mo Answer Busy or Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of 113 Dray Tek Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detection Dray Tek the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notic
115. Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method 3DES with Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup L amp E dL lel 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Bete Username IPSec Tunnel sini L2TP with IPSec Policy None v CORP Essien on O off IKE Authentication Method d Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP i or Peer ib e C Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Disable Remote Gateway IP From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP Route ka Remote Network Mask Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 2 Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is test Dray Tek 312 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 Select Dial Out as Call Direction and enable Always on 4 Select IPSec Tunnel and enter Vigor2130 s WAN IP address in the Server IP Host Name for VPN field 5 Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2130 6 Select ESP High and 3DES with Authentication 7 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Remote Network IP Mask field 8 Click OK Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 313 Dray Te k 5 3 LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and Vigor2820 using Agressive mode In this document we will introduce how to create a LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and a Vigor28
116. E R EEEE E 90 36O WMM COMM UMA ON aisinn nan aa Ea a E AEE RDE E i a R i 90 OF WD ree E A 92 oa USB AMICO maa eee E 94 271 USB General Settings escada a a e aa 95 3 7 2 FTP User Management ccccccscccccsseeecceeseeccesececsaeeeceseesseaseeessaueeessaseeeseueeessaseeeses 95 OOo DEK UNS wee agsccetoc ape a EE T 96 rA ISI NCS bececaatee ae atesecteincce asinee a A eases 97 3 7 5 Bit Torrent Download ssicccicacanceisncoscvssioncenaancarddisecienansacadestwestionasdacenedenanaccunteedecsdveteenessatuedetest 98 SFE E EE A I E E T A A P O E E E 100 Sda DENA SONO ea a a E A T coda 101 ONO a E EE E E 102 LoT DIRI aeee E EE E RE EERE EE E EER 104 JoL IP ACCOUN ecien E R RE EOE E 110 33 3 Phone Seling S ssesimenenienen ii a ea aTa r EEE aiei 113 GRL UU e EE E E E E E EE E E E 118 PEYO E E terse E E E EE 120 aoe I SW WAN SEUD escorrer aer r AnS E OEO R Aan ROET 120 39 2 PVG LAN G ses sz cacaettescacaenezete uss sencasae dy saevaccundaueetetettexsdecasaetyssevaccundeuseteretvousescetiassances 124 3 9 3 IPv6 Firewall Se ID Beae sedan veces crmasscecetaetencavaccaeca uaesedpsvaecencdasesiecpevaescansesesadeavasssecatncseenes 125 Foe I VO ROUNO wcoserncnederesniesunatavsindasansuipsusctansavenoniearacnougssiaesandereviuacttacsiadtrewnudsivacnenterestecats 128 So PYG IN GIG MD OU rivechsatetourssncarevenna ivan tondaunetenneianosacecarsenaavinsntisdvasnendsansnsmn ivan a ERRES 129 B29 G IPVG TOFO Ota S a R E E 130 3 9 7 UP VOM A TAC SING IA wavancasia
117. G NGIG MO OUI sesser EE 275 ATOPO TORE C2 16 eee ee eee eee eee ee eee 275 A t2 WV GS Manag meN esre stars uskuousatnananuia neue ianienla doveuddaiestiodeainusaoue 278 Wa 0 E EEE ee E EE E ee EE T 279 4 13 1 User Configuration cccccccsssseccccceeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeseeeesseeceeeseaeeaseeeeeeesesseeaaeeeeeeeeesseaaaeses 279 4 14 System Maintenance cccccssssecccccsessececcceessececcceesseeeessusececessaueceeseeauseeeesssageeeeessaageeeeses 281 Me WV SUNT oN Spa aap escciase eae E enctaasecaneiGeteuahececeteaesweaece 281 We TROO eea E N 283 4 14 3 System Password en0aaneenaennnosnnnnenssnnrrnosnnnrrossrrrrersnnrrrrsnnrrrsnnnrrersnnrrersnnnrerrnnnrrerennne 284 4 14 4 User Password ssetaeiczacieavavesdcnsevinabonsareeduesavasliucespuiedndvecssaletantunsgaiawsodyssaxioassravdonsaxantandas 285 4 14 5 Configuration Backup ccccccccceceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeessuaaeseeeeeeeesssaaaeeseeeess 285 4 14 6 Syslog Mail Alert ccccccccsssssssececcceeesseeeeeecceeeeauseeeeeeeeeeeeaasseeeeesseeaasseeeeeesssseaagseeess 287 414 7 Time and Dale areccsnccsawtsncavascinceuansuupiee tins aventoiudnanseduavecssitetaudsucata cunetsawsuip ESN NR 289 4 14 8 WAAC MIG IM sn stasesinsecases enact antiorsaasabunauetecnsinnntaives alosuipsuanduusadandisanauaietesnsatantnadasnberannaabesacns 290 4 14 9 Reboot Syste sicasienicnsoncindenncinessaisdnindensaiecaicivecusiedsiscoainbsnieedensisonaaesedisnulencdsieedaindenentnas
118. GCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec use
119. How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 65 Dray Tek Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per ho
120. IP Address Default Gateway 192 168 1 188 255 255 2558 2081 2 5cH 1583 74662 dci azesi4c52 21458 2681 ScH 1583 27408 221b fcfF sfeda 7AF6 FeR 21b fcfF fFeda 7AF6x9 172 168 1 1 fegh 250 7fF FF sFe38 26135549 When your PC obtains the IPv6 address please connect to http www ipv6 org If your PC access Internet via IPv6 connection your IPv6 address will be shown on the web page immediately Refer to the following figure Dray Tek IPv6 Welcome to the IPv6 Information Page How To IPv6 enabled applications IPv6 specifications Mailing List CONTENTS FAQ 132 Other Site IPv6 accessible servers Implementations Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 9 7 IPv6 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for IPv6 access control including settings of HTTP HTTPs SSH FTP and TELNET by using IPv6 protocol Check the box and type the port number respectively to enable the remote management of services IPv6 gt gt Management IPv6 Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet Enable HTTP Enable HTTPs E Enable SSH E Enable ICMP Ping E Enable FTP E Enable TELNET o Enable Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login HTTP HTTPS SSH ICMP_ from the Internet There are several servers provided by the Ping FTP TELNET system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 133 Dray T
121. IP Address C Enable Interface Prone Phones Dray Tek 108 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 8 1 4 Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router 1s placed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Call Forward No Ans Act Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 12 Last Call Return Qut ila 7720 bnumber H Call Forward Deact 73 fa 790 numbers Call Forward No Ans Act 2 number 78 le Do Not Disturb Deact 7I ag erage Hide caller ID Deact eo lage 56 l Call Waiting Deact 7 la Check this box to enable this function Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know w You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the
122. ISP for the usage of VoIP When DHCP is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type DHCP DHCP Settings Router Mame vigors 130 The same as syslog s router name Domain Mame fs Domain Name are required for some ISPs Router Name Type the name of the router Dray Tek 158 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Domain Name Type the domain name obtained from the ISP When PPPoE is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type PPPoE PPPoE Settings Username Password Confirm Password WITI Size Username Type the name obtained from the ISP Password Type the password obtained from the ISP Confirm Password Type the password again for confirmation MTU Size It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 3 Ports Ports page is used to change the setting for WAN port You can set or reset the following items All of them are described in detail below WAN gt gt Ports Forn Configuration Wan Flow Control Current Current Configured Configured x x d Fower Control Excessive Maximum at Collision Frame Mode Port It displays current network interface Link It displays current connection status Green
123. LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights deny or allow Wireless LAN gt Access Control Wireless MAC Address Filter Configuration SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Delete MAC Address Note Each SSID up to 64 MAC address at one time Add a New Entry Filter Type Choose the rule for the MAC addresses displayed in this page Allow List all the MAC address of wireless clients listed D F ay Ti e k 88 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide here are allowed to do wireless connection Deny List all the MAC address of wireless clients listed here will be blocked Add a New Entry Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list This button will appear only an entry of MAC Address has been typed Delete MAC Address 00 20 00 05 30 12 Add a New Entry Click OK to save the configuration 3 6 4 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Auto refresh LJ Index Display the number of the connected station IP Address Display the WAN IP address for the connected station MAC Address Display the MAC Address for the connected station Connected Time Display the connection time for the connected station SSID Display the
124. MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations lf you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IF Address Mac Address E Index IF Address Mac Address 1927 166 1 10 00 0F 46 24 0D5 A1 Add and Edit PAddess o Mac Address EE E C OK Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Refresh It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 57 Dray Te k newly ARP table information IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Add It allows you to a
125. Management Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet SNMP Setup Enable HTTP c Enable SNMP C Enable HTTPS c Manager Host IP si Enable SSH o Enable ICMP Ping d Enable FTP o Enable TELNET o Access List List Subnet hlask IP 1 fs 255 255 255 255 32 N 2 258 285 255 256 32 V 3 258 285 255 255 32 V Enable HTTP HTTPS SSH ICMP Ping FTP TELNET Enable SNMP Access List Dray Tek Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check it to enable such service Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Type the IP address to specify the certain host You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router 290 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 14 9 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configur
126. Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 we en Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 227 Dr ay Te k WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in in
127. Mew Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 139 Dray Te k 3 11 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Please specify a key and click Backup ta download current running configurations as a encrypted file Note You will need the same key to do configuration restoreation Restoration Select a configuration file a Please enter the key and click Restore to upload the configuration file key optiona ooo 2 Type a key arbitrarily for encrypting the file Keep the key in mind You will need it whenever you want to restore such file Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File ea config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default
128. N server which is optional In this example we setup vigor2130 as the identity of Vigor2130 and vigor2820 as the identity of Vigor2820 7 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Local Network Mask field Enter Vigor2820 s private network in the Remote Network Mask field 8 Use default value Automatic for IKE phase 1 and phase 2 proposals 9 Click OK 10 Accessing the VPN network of Vigor2820 from a PC behind Vigor2130 to initiate the VPN connection for example ping 192 168 1 x from a PC 192 168 30 x Vigor2130 will be triggered to dial the IPSec VPN to Vigor2820 After the VPN is connected you can monitor the status VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN VPN Site to Site Tunnels IPSec Auto refresh C IKE ESP Name Endpoint ciii Alg Status Alg 3DES_CBC_192 en Demo 172 17 1 186 STATE_AGGR 2 SHAT She ae ee E MODP 1024 eee Add Tunnel Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 315 Dray Te k VPN configuration on Vigor2820 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings It est Profile Name Call Direction Both pial Gut Dial in LJ Always on Ee Idle Timeout 0 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP VPN Dial Out Through WAN First Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block Multicast via VPN Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc
129. N and Remote Access Memory Usage 25324K 62796K 40 33 Link Status Disconnected t Wireless LAN 2 MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 45 USB Application Cached Memory 9160K 62796K IP Address t VoIP _ Default Gateway t IPW6 LAN Primary DNS j Uzer MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 Seco DHS i t System Maintenance IP Address 192 168 1 1 gt Diagnostics IP Mask 255 255 255 0 IPv Address 2000 1 64 Global IPv Address feeo 200 ff fe0d 0 64 Link DHCP Server Yes Application Note _ FAQ Product Registration ka Wireless MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 sera Dray Tak z gt Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration High Speed Gigabit Router Vigor2130 Series i E DrayTek System Status Quick Start Wizard ss Auto refresh O Refresh Online Status Model Vigor2130V F WAN Firmware Version zwi 50d FLAN Build Date Time Thu Now 18 13 15 51 CST 2010 T System Date Mon Dec 13 07 32 25 2010 CSM System Uptime gal 03 59 06 Bandwidth Management l Applications System WAN Wireless LAN CPU Usage 45 Connection Mode Static FUSS Application Memory Usage 27840K 62796K 44 3398 Link Status Connected k VoIP F MAC Address 00 50 FF 22 33 45 r IPv6 Cached Memory 10432K 62796K IP Address 172 16 3 102 l User i IP Mask 255 255 0 0 t System Maintenance VolP IPv Address fe80 200
130. N code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 24 D5 A1 161 Dray Tek 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP t LAN General Setup Ports MAC Address Table YLAN Monitor Port Static Route Bind IP to MAC Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server tha
131. ND a E 238 4 10 USB Application ccs2 cdecsdencaaseiaddadesicnctadeasciondsnee lt sacerededadadenatadesaciat adetindede daulenesadecidendansetebeeeous 241 4 10 1 USB General SettingS cc cccceccccccccsssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessseseeeeeeeessaeaeeeeeeees 241 4 10 2 FTP User Manageme nt ccccceccecsseeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeseeeseeeeeseaueeeseaeeeessaeeeesseneeesaneees 242 ORED E ASe i Lee ee E E E ee eee ee eee 243 4 10 4 Disk SHAVES ssrsircssisicisersirensen deuiesuteweiaectiedeuaetalsbadenciite caste ceaestine yeeewies O ENEA SENEE deino ieaie 243 4 10 5 Bit Torrent Download cece cceecccseceeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeesaeeeeseeeeeseeesseueessaeessaeeesseeeseneeesaaees 245 ATO OWL INC S UVM crcee cetera ce Soret cio cre eo otc ew wees se ee eat See eee see ete 247 10T DCNA GGN see eee eee nn ee ee eee 248 a E a en er ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 249 AT Wed HOV AVM E E E E S A E E A EES 251 ATA IP ACCO S ea E E E E owcasieesacccdiecsie 257 AW VO OMe ENOS arrn S E E E 260 ATA a A oneusee eqausareugaadneseeneeenseeasuneasoeeeanecosaneenzee 265 NP o EEE E E E E EE E E E E A E E E E 266 4 12 1 IPv6 WAN SUID enisdccnsendescnerncssnsenmndanistenwneonseiiamnapinacacedeuenithannaended dusesnndaneuesdocetentdedeseenoms 266 4 12 2 IPy6 LAN SEUD eere Ei 270 4 12 3 IPv6 Firewall Setup cccccssscccccsssseceeceeeseeeecceeeeceeesseaseeeeeseeaseeesseeaaeeeeesseageeeessaaagss 271 412 4 We VO ROUINO seeiserein EE 274 AAZ 5 IP V
132. Otherwise choose Connect on Demand Connect on Demand ha Connect on Demand Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action When you choose Connect on Demand you have to type value here It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting 1s 1442 Leave blank for default value Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function Type in a fixed IP address in the box if you click Yes for Fixed IPUIPCP 37 Dray Tek Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Mode Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging Clone MAC Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address
133. P Mode Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Type in the password provided by ISP in this field If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On Otherwise choose Connect on Demand Connect on Demand ha Connect on Demand Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action When you choose Connect on Demand you have to type value here It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function Type in a fixed IP address in the box if you click Yes for Fixed IP IPCP Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Choose ARP 153 Dray Tek Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging Enable Disable Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be
134. P remote access from WAN side to a VPN server in the inside your LAN LAN Type the IP address of the VPN server in the field next to the checkbox 4 8 2 PPTP Remote Dial in You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection The router provides access accounts for dial in users Lisers Users Status Username Full Name Disk Sharing IPSEC L2TP PPTP FTF Telnet Mio users defined Note This page is similar to the page under User gt gt User Configuration Adding a New User Click Add a New User to open the following page User Configuration Add User Enable User Settings sername Full Mame Password Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC LZTP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network hlask Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Enable Check this box to enable such user profile Username Type a name for this user Full Name Type full name for this user Password Type the password for this user Confirm Password Type the password again for confirmation Allow Disk Sharing Check this box to have the remote user share the disk Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 217 Dray Te k Allow IPSEC L2TP Allow PPTP Allow FTP Allow TELNET information Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this device through IPSEC L2TP Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this
135. P address of Vigor2820 in the Remote IP field Select Main Mode as IKE phase 1 mode Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2820 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Local Network Mask field Enter Vigor2820 s private network in the Remote Network Mask field Use default value Automatic for IKE phase 1 and phase 2 proposals SS ees ee E After the VPN is connected you can monitor the status VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN VPN Site to Site Tunnels IPSec Auto refresh TE ESP Status Alg ESP_3DES_HMAC_SHA1 STATE_QUICK R2 60 92 Name Endpoint Demo 1 72 17 1 186 Add Tunnel VIDS5 MODP1024 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 311 Dray Te k VPN configuration on Vigor2820 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name C bee Call Diractic Bota Dial out 0 Dial in niofile Ki Always on Idie i i second s VPN Die Our Through WAN First Yi C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block PING to the IP Multicast via VPN Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Username Tog Password PPP Authentication FAF CHAP VI Compression Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method sucha avtek com or 123 45 67 89 pre Shared Key ie eee IKE Pre Shared Key 8
136. PS within two minutes Configure via Client PinCode Type the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 lt gt PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor2130 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 233 Dray Te k of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card PBC WLAN Card If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to co
137. Port Monitor ingress port Monitor egress port OK Enable Monitor Port Check to enable this function Monitor Port Click the one of the LAN ports to specify it for monitoring Monitor ingress port Check to set up the port s for being monitored It only monitors the packets received by the port you set up Monitor egress port Check to set up the port s for being monitored It only monitors the packets transmitted by the port you set up Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 169 Dr ay Te k 4 2 6 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Static Route Configuration Set to Factory Default Viewing Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Add Set to Factory Default Click this link to return to the factory default settings View Routing Table Click this link to view the routing table Index The number 1 to 10 under Index displays current static router Destination Address Display the destination address of the static route Status Display the status of the static route Add Click it to add a new static route Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 usi
138. Power on the router 8 Check the ACT and WAN LAN LEDs to assure network connections 7 Land line jack POTS Splitter or Microfilter A lal aa a re el la Power Adapter Power Switch For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Caution Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the land line jack Such connection might damage your router D F ay Ti e k 8 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Stand Installation The Vigor2130 must be placed erectly Therefore you have to install a stand onto the router to make it standing firmly Please follow the figures listed below to finish the installation Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 9 Dr ay Te k 1 5 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www draytek com Printer Name 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes 4 Documents a E Settings 4 pe Search Help and Sup
139. RVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Interface C Phone C Phone Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain C Enable Interface Phone Phones Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block
140. Tx Multicast 2991 Tx Broadcast Tx Pause Transmit Size Counters Tx 64 Bytes Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 126 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Transmit Queue Counters Tx Low Tx Normal Tx Medium Tx High Transmit Error Counters Tx Drops Tx Late Exc Coll Display the counting number of the packet received Display the total received bytes Display the counting number of the received unicast packet Display the counting number of the received broadcast packet Display the counting number of the received pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 65 127 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 1024 1522 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad 72 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Tx Packets Tx Octets Tx Unicast Tx Multicast Tx Broadcast Tx Pause Tx 64 Bytes Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 128 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024
141. Type Destination IP Destination Subnet Source Start Port Source End Port optional Destination Start Port Destination End Part optional Action 5 Connect PC to http www ipv6 org with IPv6 IP address again A message will appear from web page Welcome to the IP v6 Information Page You are using IPv4 from 114 37 132 219 4 12 4 IPv6 Routing This page displays the routing table for the protocol of IPv6 IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Routing Table IPvb Routing Table Auto refresh C Device Prefix Metric Expires Advmss Hoplimit bilan 2000 64 256 15451sec 1440 4294967295 eth feB0 54 256 45507 sec 1440 4294967295 athi feB0 54 256 15506sec 1440 4294967295 fp feB0 54 256 15506sec 1440 4294967295 br lan feB0 54 256 15501sec 1440 4294967295 eth0 1 feGi0 64 256 15501 sec 1440 4294967295 br wan feB0 54 256 BOBSsec 1440 4294967295 eth1 2 feB0 54 256 BOBSsec 1440 4294967295 ral feB0 54 256 2963sec 1440 4294967295 Device Display the interface name ethO eth1 fp etc that used to transfer packets with addresses matching the prefix Prefix The IPv6 address prefix Metric Display the distance to the target usually counted in hops It is not used by recent kernels but may be needed by routing daemons Dray Te K 274 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Expires Display the lifetime of the route MTU Display the largest size in bytes of a packet Advmss Display the largest size in bytes of an unfragmen
142. Type None LAN NAT Such value is constant and fixed All the data will be transmitted by NAT through WAN port Bridge 1 2 3 LAN port P2 P4 selected here will ask a Public IP address Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 41 Dray Te k from ISP for transmitting data from PC directly without NAT The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 Each ID setting must be unique and different with WAN VLAN ID VoIP WAN Setting VoIP WAN is the interface specified for the usage of VoIP The settings will be changed based on the connection type selected When Static IP is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VolP WAN Connection Type Static IP Settings IF Address Subnet Wask Gateway IP Address Primary DNS Server secondary ONS Server IP Address Type the IP address obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Subnet Mask Type the Subnet mask obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Primary DNS Server Type the IP address of primary DNS server obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP Secondary DNS Server Type the IP address of secondary DNS server obtained from ISP for the usage of VoIP When DHCP is selected as connection type you need to configure the following settings WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type DHCP DHCP Settings Router Mame vigors 1
143. Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog 4 11 VolP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN
144. User Name It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server Volume Select the proper volume for the connected USB disk Home Folder It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name 1n this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Access Rule Select the access right for the USB disk Read only Read only Read write When you finish the settings simply click OK to save the configuration Dray Te k 242 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Disk Status This page can display current using status of the USB storage disk If you want to remove the disk from USB port in router please check the box of Safely Remove Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt Disk Status Disk Status _ a _ Safely Remove Disk Manufacturer Model Size Free Capacity Status Generic Flash Disk 2011M 176G In use Safely Remove Disk Check this box and then you can remove the USB disk safely Manufacturer Display the manufacturer of the disk Model Display the type of the disk Size Display the storage space of the disk Free
145. Vigor2820 using Main mode 307 Case 1 VPN direction from Vigor2130 to VigOr2820 eeecccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeessaaeeeees 307 Case 2 VPN direction from Vigor2820 to VigOr2130 cecceccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesessuaeeeees 311 5 3 LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and Vigor2820 using Agressive mode 314 Case 1 VPN direction from Vigor2130 to VigOr2820 eeccccccceeeeceeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeesessaaeeeees 314 Case 2 VPN direction from Vigor2820 to VigOr2130 ceeecccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeessaaeeeees 318 5 4 How to configure settings for DLNA Service in Vig0r2130 ccccccceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeees 321 5 5 How to download BT Torrent to USB Device via Vigor ROUtEe ccccsseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 325 Trouble Shooting casssaicsccnpocenecassenmccres essesweenscendacnassaneenanaws cenecsoscecssenecssscoesns 333 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb cccccccccceeeceseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeseeees 333 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 334 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ccccccccsseseeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesueeeeeeeeeeessuaeseeeeeeees 336 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NOt ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 337 6 5 Forcing Vigor Router into TFTP Mode for Performing the Firmware Upgrade 3
146. WAN General Setup WAN IPv6 Configuration IPv6 Connection Type w Static IPv6 IPv6 Address Prefix Length Gateway IPv6 Address Primary DNS Server secondary DNS Server OK IPv6 Address Type your I Pv6 static IP here Prefix Length Type your IPv6 address prefix length here Gateway IPv6 Server Type your IPv6 gateway address here Primary DNS Server Type your IPv6 primary DNS Server address here Secondary DNS Server Type your IPv6 secondary DNS Server address here DHCPV6 Client IA_NA DHCPv6 client mode would use IA_NA option of DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WARN IPv6 Configuration Pv Connection Type DHCP v User defined ONS server Primary DNS Server secondary ONS Server Primary DNS Server Type primary DNS Server address here Secondary DNS Server Type secondary DNS Server address here Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 121 Dr ay Te k DHCPV6 Client IA_PD DHCPv6 client mode would use I A_PA option of DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 prefix from server IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv6 Configuration IPS Connection Type DHCP Client 4 PDO DHCP ve IA PD SLA ID SLA ID It is used by an individual organization to create its own local addressing hierarchy and to identify subnets TSPC Tunnel setup protocol client TSPC is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6 network easily Please make sure your IPv4 W
147. Y LAM mE 36 Backup 4 1 1 Internet Access This page allows you to set WAN configuration with different modes Use the Connection Type drop down list to choose one of the WAN modes The corresponding page will be displayed WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IF Configuration Enable Connection Type DHCP w WAN IP Alias DHCP Settings Router Name Vigor 130 The same as syslog s router name Domain Name fe Domain Marne are required for some ISPs MTU Size Optional WAN Connection Detection Mode Clone MAC Address Enable F Enable Check the box to enable the WAN IP configuration Connection Type Use the Connection Type drop down list to choose one of the WAN modes The corresponding page will be displayed 36G USE Modem WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Such function can be applied to each connection type Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 149 Dr ay Te k hitp 192_168 1 1 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer fa X WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Y 172 16 3 102 Below shows the configuration page for each connection type Static For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service pro
148. a Player WMP to browse and play the files stored in the new service device o x E Windows Media Player ees OU b Vigor2130 1 BK SANH be as 8 ew BASAR WUAMIC SRIF P LIMFARS AAN Pe i zee mi IEL z EE L gt JEROAN 4 Prk O AFHI 4 an BF z PBFA uena Using IXIA1 send 100 000 tagged Using IXIA send 100 000 tagged Using IXIA send 100 000 tagged unicast packets to IXIA2 VID unicast packets to IXIA2 Vibe unicast packets to IXIAS VID iea DETAR RAWE E E Using IXIA1 send 100 000 tagged Using IXIA1 send 100 000 Using IXIA1 wad 100 000 unicast packets to IXIA VID untagged unicast packet to IXI untagged unicast packets to IXIA For other systems please use VLC media player downloaded from Internet to browse locate and play the files Select one or more files to open i B My Documents bly Recent i My Computer Documents JA 34 Floppy f Local Disk C Local Disk D da DYE Drive E O Shared Documents i My Documents aT My Network Places ab Entire Network My Documents Microsoft Windows Network i F Vigor 30 93 4 bt_folder on Samba Server Vigor213 My Computer gt Fie 3 Firmware pgrade_ 3 1 6 2 gt Router Tools 4 1 2 1 Desktop i hiy Network Files of type All Files H E 12 Abways Open VLC media player Media Playback Audio wideo Tools View Help ps a mym E S H E 12 4lways Open 1 00 00 05
149. a a Xi j k i j ddi FEEF 495 RCCELCLELLEL Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V 1 5 Vigor2130 Series High Speed Gigabit Router User s Guide Version 1 5 Firmware Version V1 5 0 1 Date 12 01 2010 Dray Tek ii Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2011 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place
150. a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Page Auto refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Hardware NAT rate Kbps Session Action 0 0 192 166 1 10 0 2 Block Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet tor 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red 3 lf Hardware MAT is enabled Hardware MAT rate shows TA RA bandwidth which goes through Hardware MAT Page Allow to choose the page to be displayed on this screen Index Display the number of the data flow IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device TX rate kbps Display the transmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Hardware NAT rate Display the data processing rate of the monitored device if hardware NAT is enabled Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Auto refresh L Session Action 1 Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the Dray Te k 300 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Auto refresh
151. abled in default LAN gt gt VLAN Private VLAN Membership Configuration Add New Frivate VLAN Ok Add New Private VLAN Click this button to add a new private VLAN The router allows you to add up to 4 VLAN LAN gt gt VLAN Private VLAN Membership Configuration Port Members Delete AN ID LAN LAN Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 53 Dr ay Te k To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 P4 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Private VLAN Membership Configuration Port Members Delete LAN LAN3 3 To remove VLAN click the Delete button for the one you want to remove and click OK to save the results 3 2 5 Monitor Port It is used to monitor the traffic of the network For example we assume that LAN1 and LAN2 are Monitor Port and Monitor ingress Port respectively thus the traffic received by LAN2 will be copied to LAN1 for monitoring LAN gt gt Monitor Port Monitor Port Monitor Port Monitor ingress port Monitor egress port OK Enable Monitor Port Check to enable this function Monitor Port Click the one of the LAN ports to specify it for monitoring Monitor ingress port Check to set up the port s for being monitored It only monitors the packets received by the port you set up Monitor egress port Check to set up the
152. according to your MAC Address IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv6 Confi IPv6 Connection Type Link Local Only uration Link Local Only IPv6 Address fed0 250 fftte3s 60ca Prefix Length 64 IPv6 Address The least significant 64 bits are usually chosen as the interface hardware address constructed in modified EUI 64 format Prefix Length Display the fixed value 64 for prefix length Static IPv6 This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv6 Configuration IPv6 Connection Type Static Pv6 v static IPvb_ IPv6 Address Prefix Length 0 Gateway IPv6 Address Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server IPv6 Address Type your IPv6 static IP here Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 267 Dr ay Tek Prefix Length Type your Pv6 address prefix length here Gateway IPv6 Server Type your IPv6 gateway address here Primary DNS Server Type your IPv6 primary DNS Server address here Secondary DNS Server Type your IPv6 secondary DNS Server address here DHCPV6 Client IA_NA DHCPv6 client mode would use IA_NA option of DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAH IPv6 Configuration IPS Connection Type DHCP w6 User defined DMS server Primary ONS Server secondary ONS Server Primary DNS Server Type primary DNS Server address here Secondary DNS Server Type secondary DNS Server address her
153. ackup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Please specify a key and click Backup to download current running configurations as a encrypted file Note You will need the same key to do configuration restoreation Restoration Select a configuration file a Please enter the key and click Restore to upload the configuration file key optionaly ooo 2 Type a key arbitrarily for encrypting the file Keep the key in mind You will need it whenever you want to restore such file Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 285 Dr ay Te k File Download You are downloading the File config cfg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself My Recent Documents 3 Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network i jmy Documents F My Computer Emy Network Places RYS COM Lite Oo Annes o Immm 9 hwSnap3o00 C TeleDanmark E Tools config v2k2_232_config_1 y2k6 250_config_1 Configuration file File name
154. acters or 10 hexadecimal values in 64 bit encryption level or restricted to 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal values in 128 bit encryption level The allowed content is the ASCII characters from 33 to 126 except and Authentication Mode Choose OPEN or SHARED as the authentication mode OPEN Set wireless to authentication open mode SHARED Set wireless to authentication shared mode WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPA PSK Configuration Type WPA Algorithm WPA Pre Shared Key WPA Mode Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as the type ito WPA or WPA Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 231 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek WPA Algorithm Select TKIP AES or auto as the algorithm for WPA TKIP to TKIP or AES WPA Pre Shared Key Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WPA RADIUS The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Wireless Security Configuratio
155. ae ae gt E mb S Services Local u Services Local Plug and Play Name Description Status Startup Type Log On As Kams Software Shado Manages s Manual Local System Description Sy Net Logon Supports p Manual Local System hea eal lite ae Ka NetMeeting Remote Enables an Manual Local System no user input Stopping or disabling this Ka Network Connections Manages o Started Manual Local System service will result in system instability Sa Network DDE Provides n Disabled Local System Sa Network DDE DSDM ManagesD Disabled Local System Ka Network Location amp Collects an Started Manual Local System Ka Network Provisionin Manages X Manual Local System Ba NT LM Security Sup Provides s Manual Local System aS Se Plug and Play w Started Local System Sa Print Spooler Loads files Started Automatic Local System 8s Protected Storage Provides pr Started Automatic Local System 8 Q05 RSVP Provides n Manual Local System 4 Remote Access fut Creates a Manual Local System Ka Remote Access Con Createsa Started Manual Local System Remote Desktop He Manages 4 Manual Local System 4 Remote Procedure Provides th Started Automatic Network 5 4 Remote Procedure Managest Manual Network 5 4 Remote Registry Enables re Started Automatic Local Service Extended Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 323 Dray Tek 6 For the users of Windows7 please use Windows Medi
156. aeeeee 16 24 Quick Start Wizard sosirea nE a N a E EAAS 18 2 4 1 Setting up the PASSWOMKC cccccccccsseseceecceeseeeeeceeeecececsauseceeesseuseeeeseuaeeeessaaseeessssanaeeess 18 2 4 2 Setting up the Time ZONE cccccccccssseeccceessececccaeeseceeecsuaeeeeeessueeeeeseaaeeeeessaaeeeeeessaaaeees 19 2 4 3 Setting up the Internet CONNECTION cece cccccccecceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeessaaeeseeeeeesessaaaeeeeeees 19 2 4 4 Setting up the Wireless CONNECTION ccceececccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeeesssaaaseses 24 2 4 5 Saving the Wizard Configuration cccccccccccecccseeseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeessaaeeseeeeeess 29 2 OPO MENS eS saeco setae E EE E dea E E EE E E EA AE EAE EA 29 2 0 Saving COMMON AMON esate ctcecasacatavacipavees sepateescae sods sematebacte sunecy a a aaien 30 OF Vel MCN ACCC SS E E EEE EEE EEI EEI PEE EESE ETET 33 3 1 2 TOWNE PIN a cepacia cas cade caanese daze anaedemncaceasedes vas saeaeaoseisavace cada tiaesadesecedeaiesraccencexaceateareousiavess 41 GMS FOULS conv ccna eo niee vaccines vanced sana vaesan vice sacaraacodmvascinesvavacianvaseieierecseinriascivensar noua vassuehemenninties 43 ih CUD NNE EIE EE AE E A T E A A 45 IZEN e e E eee ee anaes bokneeueeescaseenes 46 CEMRE TNS E E o A E E EE AEEA AANE EE EEN 48 se PO a a E a cinta beicueteneameaseaizeinuiieinias 50 3 2 3 MAC Address Table a aanananannnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnrnrnrnrninrnnnnnnr
157. agement gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type TCP UDP Fort TCP UDP Port TCP UDP Port Range Trafic Class TCP UDP Port Click Single or Range If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below TCP UDP Port Range Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type Dray Tek 68 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide If you choose DSCP as QCE Type you have to type value for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Confi QCE Type DSCP Value Traffic Class uration If you choose ToS as QCE Type you have to specify priority class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type ToS Priority 0 Class ToS Priority 1 Class ToS Priority 2 Class ToS Priority 3 Class ToS Priority 4 Class ToS Priority 5 Class ToS Priority 6 Class ToS Priority 7 Class Medium High If you choose Tag Priority as QCE Type you have to specify priority class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type Tag Priority 0 Class Tag Priority 1 Class Low v Tag Priority 2 Class Low v Tag Priority 3 Class Tag Priority 4 Class Tag Priority 5 Class Tag Priority 6 Class Tag Priority 7 Class Vigor
158. aining time unknown Downloading from 0 of 1 peers DL 0 bytes s UL 0 bytes s edubuntu 3 04 1 addon powerpc iso 16 0 KB of 282 6 MB 0 remaining time unknown Downloading from 0 of 1 peers DL 0 bytes s UL 0 bytes s edubuntu 3 04 1 addon sparc iso 64 0 KB of 254 7 MB 0 0296 remaining time unknown Downloading from 0 of 1 peers DL 0 bytes s UL 0 bytes s edubuntu 9 04 addon amd64 iso 8 17 MB of 326 5 MB 2 5 1 hr 24 min remaining Es Downloading from 2 of 2 peers DL 64 3 KB s UL 0 bytes s edubuntu 9 04 addon 386 iso 42 1 MB of 321 6 MB 13 08 35 min 33 seconds remaining Downloading from 4 of 4 peers DL 134 1 KB s UL 0 bytes s Share the file after downloading completed 1 Access into Vigor2130 web configuration interface and open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings Enable the Disk Sharing function by checking the box and click OK USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings Enable FTP Enable Disk Sharing Workgroup Name 2 Open USB Application gt gt Disk Shares Click Add a New Entry USB Application gt gt Disk Shares Disk Shares Add a Mew Entry Dray Te k 328 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 kh the following screen add a new entry for the sharing folder name In this case we give a name of bt_folder as Share Name for home folder 7 Click OK USB Application gt gt Disk
159. al entering forwarding state Jan 10 07 28 26 info user kernel br lan topology change detected propagating Jan 10 07 28 26 info user kernel br lan port 2fral entering learning state Jan 10 07 28 26 warn user kernel Update MAC SI 00 50 Ff 2235747 Jan 10 07 28 26 warn user kernel Update MAC 4 00 50 f 42 53 4h Jan 10 07 28 25 warn user kernel Update MAC 11 00 50 7f 42 53 45 Jan 10 07 28 26 warn user kernel Update MAC OI 00 50 Pf 22 35 44 Auto refresh Check it to enable auto refresh function Refresh Click it to reload the page Export Click it to export the log as a text file Clear Click it to clear the information Time Display the time of the system log entry Level Display the severity level of the system log entry You can specify the level from the drop down list to display the log just for the selected level Type Display the type or subsystem of the system log entry You can specify the type from the drop down list to display the log just for the selected type Message Display a short description of the system log entry Dray Te k 294 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 15 4 Traffic Overview This page offers an overview of general traffic statistics for all connecting ports Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Overview Port Statistics Overview Packets Bytes Errors Drops Filtered Port Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive WAN 38471 16525 1543215
160. al host End Port optional Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Local Host Enter the private IP address of the local host Local Port optional If it is configured the forwarded traffic is mapped to this port on the local host Click OK to save the settings D ro y Ti e k 60 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 DMZ Host Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any Note The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt DMZ Host DMZ Host Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP i O 0 0 0 0 Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to specify a suitable one Choose PC Bring a dialog for you to choose an IP address Click OK to save the settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 61 Dray Tek 3 4 Bandwidth Manage
161. and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Configuration Setting Status You can set up to 15 schedules To add a schedule profile please click Add Dray Tek 210 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Schedule Add Schedule Enable 2000 Year Month Date Hour Minute WAN UP v Once Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Enable Check to enable the schedule Start Date Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time Specify the starting time of the schedule Action Specify which action should be applied during the period of the schedule Action Acts AAN LIF Weekday WAN UP DOWN WAN connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here WiFi UP DOWN Wireless Wi Fi connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here VPN UP DOWN VPN connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here Acts Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be app
162. arring Block Unknown Domain C Enable Interface Phone Phones Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address C Enable Interface Prone Phones Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 255 Dray Te k 4 11 1 4 Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router 1s placed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward AIl Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Call Forward No Ans Act Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Dray Tek 12 Last Call Return Qut ila 7720 bnumber H Call Forward Deact 73 fa 790 numbers Call Forward No Ans Act 2 number 78 le Do Not Disturb Deact 7I ag erage Hide caller ID Deact eo lag
163. ation Using factory default configuration Yes No Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future 4 14 10 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade Current Firmware Version v1 5 0 Select a firmware file Browse Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade Note lt is strongly recommended that you do a configuration backup before upgrading Click Browse to locate the newest firmware and click Upgrade During the process of upgrade do not turn off your router Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 291 Dray Te k 4 15 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Belo
164. awesenrs 291 4 14 10 Firmware Upgrade ccccccsccccccsseceecceeseecceccaesececesseaseceeeseaueeeeeseaaeeeeessaaeesesessaaeeess 291 amsa BI E8 o UGS A E A A E A E E A E E E E A A 292 a e 1 m a o EE E E E E E E P E E E P E A E E E PAAT 292 4 15 2 Routing Table cccccccccccccssssececcceesececcceauececccaaueeeessaaseeeeeseuaaseeeesseageeeessseaseeeessaaeas 293 Ns OP OY eA E a o E E A E E E A A A E 294 D ray Tek viii Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 15 4 Traffic OVErVIQW ccccccccccececcececcecucccceccccucuccecuececuuaececauceeausecseaececusecueaecsuaesetaeeereeeeees 295 4 15 5 Detailed Statistics c cccccccccsseecceeesssccssseeeeeeesssccesseeeeeeenscccaeseeeeeseccceesesereeeessccosseeess 296 4 15 6 MAC Address Table ccccccccccssccccccseceeceeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeesseaeeeeseaeeeessaeeeessaeees 298 1 DHCP TAO ars tas stcerne srtresasta ectsrotec onan TAS E EA EE 299 4 15 8 Data Flow MONitOr cccccccsesccccesseeeeseeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeessaueeessaueeeseeaueeessadeeesseeseeesaass 300 BVO DSSSIONS PADIS preisi eE aE EE EAE EE a aa 301 4 15 10 Ports State cccccccccceccceesscccesseeeeeeecssccesseneecensescceseeeeeeeenscceaeseseeeeeessacsssseeeesssscossseess 302 Pr 58 7 1 0 eee eee ee eS nS nS ne 303 5 1 How to Configure Multi VLAN in Vigor Router ccccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeeeaaaaseeeeeeees 303 5 2 LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and
165. ber of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to SIP server Mode The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available This item will be changed according to the port settings configured in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings 253 Dray Tek 4 11 1 3 Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Interface Status 1 x a x x 4 x 5 x a x a x o x g x 10 x lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt Next gt gt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Call Dire
166. ble The first displayed will be the one with the lowest VLAN ID and the lowest MAC address found in the MAC Table The Start from MAC address and VLAN input fields allow the user to select the starting point in the MAC Table Clicking the Refresh button will update the displayed table starting from that or the closest next MAC Table match In addition the two input fields will assume the value of the first displayed entry allowing for continuous refresh with the same start address The button gt gt will use the last entry of the currently displayed VLAN MAC address pairs as a basis for the next lookup When the end is reached the text no more entries is shown in the displayed table use the lt lt button to start over Diagnostics gt gt MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Auto refresh LI Start from VLAN and MAC address 00 00 00 00 00 00 with entries per page Port Members Type VLAN MAC Address CPU WAN LAN1 LAN LAN3 LAN4 Dynamic 1 00 OE A6 28 D5 Al uf Dynamic 00 50 7F 38 60 C5 Dynamic 00 06 1B D0 DF Ai Dynamic 00 0C 6E E7 79 99 Dynamic 00 0F A6 16 02 24 Dynamic i 00 1B FC F8 11 40 Dynamic 00 50 7F 1A 56 71 Dynamic 00 50 7F 38 60 C Type Indicate whether the entry is a static or dynamic entry Dray Tek 298 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide VLAN MAC Address Port Members Auto refresh Refresh Clear 4 15 7 DHCP Table Display the VLAN ID of that entry Display the MAC address of that entry Disp
167. c DNS F SChHeduie GMP IGMP Status UPnP Configuration Wake on LAN 4 7 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Configuration Enable Dynamic DNS service Provider dyndns org ha Domain name mypersonaldomain dyndns org Username myusemame Password IP source hy WAN IP Check IP change every For
168. cal Endpoint Addresses 598 115 226 178 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 2505 Remote Endpoint Addresses 061 171 72 11 2001 08c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 2604 Tunnel Broker broker freeneth net Tunnel Status Connected Activity Sent 3 Received B25 FT 1472489 Connection Status It will bring out different pages to represent Pv6 disconnection connecting and connected Tunnel Information Display interface name used to send TSPC prefix tunnel mode local endpoint addresses remote endpoint address TSPC Prfix TSPC Prefixlen prefix length tunnel broker and so on Tunnel Status Disconnected The remote client doesn t connect to the tunnel server Connecting The remote client is connecting to the tunnel server Connected The remote client has been connected to the tunnel server Activity Sent sent to the tunnel RX bytes Received received from the tunnel RX bytes When the router connects to the tunnel broker the router will use RADVD to transmit the prefix to the PC on LAN Next the PC will generate one set of IPv6 public IP see the figure below Users can use such IP for connecting to Pv6 network Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 131 Dray Te k Microsoft Windows XP Chick 5 1 2600 LCG Copyright 19785 2601 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings user ipconfig Mindows IP Configuration Connect ion specif ic IP Address Subnet Mask IP Address IP Address
169. cation ID Password Expiry Time Ring Port Ring Pattern tt char max C Call without Registration 8 chat max 68 chat nae 8 char max 68 char ma S68 char ma 8 char mae Phonel C Phone Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Mone w Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar 11 Dray Tek Domain Realm Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Proxy Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Act as Outbound Proxy Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy Display Name The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Account Number Name Enter your account name of SIP Address e g ever
170. cde If you choose VLAN ID as QCE Type you have to type the ID number for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type VLAN ID Traffic Class VLAN ID hd Normal Medium m Hi gh If you choose TCP UDP Port as QCE Type you have to type the port number for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type TCP UDP Fort TCP UDP Port TCP UDP Port Range Traffic Class TCP UDP Port Click Single or Range If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below TCP UDP Port Range Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type If you choose DSCP as QCE Type you have to type value for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 203 Dr ay Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type DSCP Value Trafic Class If you choose ToS as QCE Type you have to specify priority class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type ToS Priority 0 Class ToS Priority 1 Class ToS Priority 2 Class ToS Priority 3 Class ToS Priority 4 Class ToS Pr
171. ce IP update every Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 209 Dray Te k Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Domain name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Username Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain IP Source Determine the IP source for DDNS server My WAN IP Use IP configured for WAN interface for DDNS server My Internet IP Use true IP for DDNS server My Internet IP bly VAN IP hy Internet IP Check IP change every Set the interval for checking the information Force IP update every Force the router updates its information to DDNS server with the interval set here Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved 4 7 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time
172. ces among these firmware file formats Basic How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN DHCP How do reset clear the router s password How to bring back my router to its default value VETAS SE VoIP How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only QoS Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers Firewall IP Filter 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should aes 7 do Printer Server 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely Hee el Me 11h FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 XP 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows98 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server 05 What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but
173. create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 163 Dr ayle k 4 2 1 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For WAT Usage IP Address Subnet Mask IP Address Subnet Mask IP Address Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage IP Address Subnet Mask PPPoE Passthrough DNS Server Configuration Start IP Address Dray Tek 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 192 160 2 1 255 255 255 0 PPPoE Fassthrough Fi DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server start IP Address 192 168 1100 Lease Time 20 IPF Pool Counts minutes Force DNS manual setting LJ Enable Primary IP Address pooo pooo secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Defau
174. ction IT ka Barring Type Specific URVURL Interface Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number Dray Te k 254 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Interface C Phone C Phone Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such control also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call B
175. cueaecuuaucaecuucauauceesausueaeseecuuaueeseceueaeeseees 176 a oa 1 EEE E EEE EENE A E TE oe EEE eee eee 177 AAT DoS DeM aa a E a O EE 177 4 4 2 Ports Configuration ccccccceeeeeeeceeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeessueessseeeeeeessaaaaseeeeeesessaaaaeeees 178 4 4 3 Access Control LIST wiacccicsccctanixnciccantcosiencddsiewainnauidvawaisawinoadwuddsinanlatundaeuceiewswueduwnoatunwenvasimeucseencndte 181 AAA Ae OONO E E A E ARARE 193 ASCSM ee E E E AAE E EEEa 194 Aar CONN FIN eE E E E O E EEE R 194 LOr I EPF BIOCEN cheek ich heed tated ec nee aa eteanh 195 4 6 Bandwidth Management cccccsssccccseseeccceseecccesscecceucecssagececsaseeeesaseeessseeesseneeeesnseesegss 197 AG AW OSS OMI LIMIT ctadecerecdccecuncctsetuecascecanacedecucdas soetasdeseacene a 197 A 6 2 Bandwidth LAM sce coacecneecacenandeetacuedossacuesensemastesadeanecaccamtediadegecanadtaecsebadertaeuswedssebaniecsadac 198 4 6 3 Port Rate Control ccccccccccceccecsccececsccecsccecsccusecuccucccucsecasecceseccusecauausecausacaueecsseneaees 200 4 6 4 QoS Control LiSt wccdiececocssatesived oaCexactaasecwedacnaasiescantexansaaaasesceadenusbandaumicantesmvtaderaweabaiwnteadann 200 TO SPON T HONY coren a r E E E 205 4 6 6 QoS Statistics cccccccccececceccceccecceccececcuccececcuccuececuecucuueaucueaeseeseusueaucaesueaueeeeceeuaesenees 206 Ar APIC AION aan E E E E EEE E A 209 47 1 Dynamit DNS ree cso Sess connie e nE bec pate sone EEE 209 4 7 2 Schedule
176. d for Weighted Ciueuing Mode Qlosll Port Represent LAN or WAN interface Policer Enabled Check this box to enable policer function to limit the bandwidth of received frames Policer Rate Rx Type the number for policer function The default value is 500 It is restricted to 500 1000000 when the Policer Unit is set in kbps and it is restricted to 1 1000 when the Policer Unit is set in Mbps Policer Unit Determine the unit kbps Mbps for policer Shaper Enabled Check this box to enable shaper function Shaper Rate Tx Type the number for shaper function The default value is 500 It is restricted to 500 1000000 when the Shaper Unit is set in kbps and it is restricted to 1 1000 when the Shaper Unit is set in Mbps Shaper Unit Determine the unit kbps Mbps for shaper function Click OK to save the settings 4 6 4 QoS Control List Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jit
177. data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin CWMax CW Min means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater Txop It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 ACM It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2130 provides standard WMM configuration in Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 91 Dray Te k the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification AckPolicy Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while t
178. dd the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Click OK to save the settings Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table T
179. ddress IPv6 Link_local Address Enable Autoconfiguration Configuration Type Dray Tek 2000 1 JGA fe80 200 f fe00 0 DHCPv6 Serer 2000 0 0 010 ___ m 2000 0 0 0 FF O w Type static IPv6 address for LAN It is used for communicating with neighbouring nodes on the same link It is defined by the address prefix fe80 10 You don t need to setup Link Local address manually for it is generated automatically according to your MAC Address Check this box to enable the auto configuration function for IPv6 connection Vigor2130 provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration One is RADVD stateless and the other is DHCPv6 Server Stateful DHCPv6 Server DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the Start End IPv6 address configuration Configuration Type DHCP Semer DHCP v6 Stateful IPv6 Start Address IPv6 End Address Type the start and end address for IPv6 server RADVD The router advertisement daemon radvd sends Router Advertisement messages specified by RFC 2461 to a local Ethernet LAN periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router Solicitation message These messages are required for IPv6 stateless auto configuration 124 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Configuration Type RADVD Stateless Advertisement lifetime 30 minutes Advertisement Lifetime The lifetime associated with the default router in units of seconds It s used to cont
180. de Main Mode Main Mode Aggressive Mode Such field will be applicable when Pre shared key is selected as the Type for the authentication Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key 224 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Confirm Pre Shared key Local Identity Remote Identity Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask IKE Phase 1 proposal IKE Phase 2 proposal Perfect Forward Secrecy Click OK to save the settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Such field will be applicable when Pre shared key is selected as the Type for the authentication Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key again to confirm it Local Identity is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters This field defines the identity of the remote end Traffic between this subnet and the subnet specified in Remote Network Mask will travel through the VPN tunnel Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Automatic Automatic Sdes aes any aes 126 aes 192 aes 256 Propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match
181. defines the IPv6 connection types for WAN interface Possible types contain Link Local only Static IPv6 DHCPv6 and TSPC Each type requires different parameter settings IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv6 Configuration ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Total number of lost packets during this connection session The jitter of received voice packets Accumulation for the times of in call Accumulation for the times of out call Accumulation for the times of missing call The volume of present call Display logs of VoIP calls IPv6 Connection Type Link Local Onh IPv6 Address Link Local Only fes0 250 fe00 2 Prefix Length Dray Tek 266 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Link Local Only id Link Local Only Link Local Onl static IPv6 are ees Client A_NA Prefix Length DHCP Client APD Link Local Only IFP Connection Type Link Local address is used for communicating with neighbouring nodes on the same link It is defined by the address prefix fe80 10 You don t need to setup Link Local address manually for it is generated automatically
182. dress fes0 250 ff fe00 2 64 Link Primary DNS Secondary DNS TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Loo SS id 3195 2fO336 ef2lbe 21920131 Detailed explanation is shown below LAN Status IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 29 Dray Te k RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes IPv6 Address WAN Status IP GW IP Mode Up Time IPv6 Address Primary DNS Secondary DNS TX Packets RX Packets TX Bytes RX Bytes Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted bytes at the LAN interface Displays the total received packets at the LAN interface Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface Displays the primary DNS server address for WAN interface Displays the secondary DNS server address for WAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the total transmitted bytes at the WAN interface Displays the total received packets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready
183. dustry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN t Wireless LAN s seneral Setup Access Control Station List Access Point Discovery ehh Configuration E Wr D C Dray Tek 228 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 9 2 General Setup By clicking the General Setup a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting Enable Wireless LAM Soll 1 soll 2 soll 3 soll 4 Wireless Mode Channel Extension Channel Tx Power Enable Green AP Enable IfsMiP Snooping
184. e 56 l Call Waiting Deact 7 la Check this box to enable this function Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know w You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote 256 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact 4 11 2 SIP Accounts end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function
185. e DHCPV6 Client IA_PD DHCPv6 client mode would use I A_PA option of DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 prefix from server IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv Configuration IPS Connection Type DHCP y6 Client lA PD DHCPvb IA PD SLA ID SLA ID It is used by an individual organization to create its own local addressing hierarchy and to identify subnets TSPC Tunnel setup protocol client TSPC is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6 network easily Dray Tek 268 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexage http go6 net 4105 register asp before you try to use TSPC for network connection TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the specifications inside the configuration file It gets a public Pv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon RADVD the PC behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPv Configuration IPvi Connection Type TSPC ha TSPC User Name wigore 130 Password Contirm Password Tunnel Broker broker freeneth net Tunnel mode IPyv6 in lPvd Tunnel Auto recannect Delay Keepalive Yes No Keepalive Interval Prefix Length Interface Username T
186. e he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Select the access right for the USB disk Read write When you finish the settings simply click OK to save the configuration 3 7 3 Disk Status This page can display current using status of the USB storage disk If you want to remove the disk from USB port in router please check the box of Safely Remove Disk first And then remove the USB storage disk later USB Application gt gt Disk Status Disk Status l Safely Remove Disk O Safely Remove Disk Manufacturer Model Size Free Capacity Status Update Refresh Devices Dray Tek Manufacturer Model Size Free Capacity Status Generic Flash Disk 2011M 1 76 In use Refresh Devices Check this box and then you can remove the USB disk safely Display the manufacturer of the disk Display the type of the disk Display the storage space of the disk Display the free disk space of the disk Display current usage status of the disk Check the box of Safely Remove Disk then click this button to update the disk status Click this button to refresh the disk status 96 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 7 4 Disk Shares This page can define the folder which will be shared while Samba File Sharing is enabled USB Application gt gt
187. e Configured column allows for changing the power savings mode parameters per port Disabled All power savings mechanisms disabled ActiPHY Link down power savings enabled PerfectReach Link up power savings enabled Enabled Both link up and link down power savings enabled 44 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Refresh Click this button to refresh the information for WAN port After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 3 1 4 3G Backup This page is used to setup 3G backup function If you enable 3G backup make sure your WAN connection type is not in 3G mode When the WAN connection is broken router will try to keep the connection with 3G mode After WAN connection is recovered router will disconnect the 3G connection automatically WAN gt gt 3G backup 3G Backup Configuration C Enable 3G Backup SIM PIN code Modem Initial String1 Modem Initial String2 APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password SIM PIN code Modem Initial String1 2 APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Clone MAC Address Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ATEOV1IX1 amp D28C1350 0 internet ATDT 99 default AT amp F default ATEQV1IX1 amp D28C150 0 default internet default ATDT 9 9 Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question
188. e Quick Start Wizard The next steps will guide you through a basic setup of the device If you want more advanced setup you should consider setting the dewice up manually Step 1 Setup the Password e Step 2 Setup the Timezone Step 3 Setup the Internet connection WAN t Step 4 Setup the Wireless Wi Fi Step 5 Save the configuration 2 4 1 Setting up the Password The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard System Password New Password Confirm Password Dray Tek 18 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 2 4 2 Setting up the Time Zone On the next page as shown below please select the Time Zone for the router installed and specify the NTP server s Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Time Configuration Time Zone Finish 2 4 3 Setting up the Internet Connection On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate connection type according to the information from your ISP There are five types offered in this page Each connection type will bring out different web page Quick Start Wizard WAN IP Configuration Connection Type Clone MAC Address Enable Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 19 Dray Tek Static IP You will receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers I
189. e YPN Type L2TP IPsec i L2TP IP Address range DHCP Range 192 168 1 10 192 168 1 60 Remote Dial in User Add User Authentication Shared secret Type the shared secret manually and confirm it again IPSec remote dial in clients will use the given secret Dray Tek 220 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Advanced Settings 4 8 4 Remote Dial in Status Phase 1 IKE Negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Automatic ha ao Automatic Sides aes any aes 128 aes 192 aes 256 Phase 2 IPSec Negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment Automatic iw SHA MD Automatic Sdes aes any aes 125 aes 192 aes 256 You can find the summary table of all dial in user status VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in Status IPSec Site to Client Status Auto refresh PPTP Site to Client Status User Name Interface Remote IP Local IP Login Time Rx bytes Tx bytes Mo PETE C
190. e base Acceleration Engine also named Protocol Processing Engine API is the function that Draytek provides to extremely speed up the NAT performance While the hardware acceleration mechanism is activated most of the bandwidth usage will be concentrated on the specific sessions which increase transmission speed to get ultimately accelerated With Hardware NAT LAN to WAN NAT throughput can be over 900M bps But be sure that your PC has Giga Ethernet and connect with CAT6 Ethernet cable NAT gt gt Hardware NAT Hardware NAT Configuration Hardware NAT Enabled Click OK to save the settings 4 3 2 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications NAT gt gt Open Port Port Forwarding Name Protocol Start Port End Port Local Host Local Port No Port Forwarding Add New Entry Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits To add a new open port click Add new entry NAT gt gt Open Port Add Port Forwarding Enti Enable Name Protocol TCP UDRP Stat Port End Port foptional Local Host Local Port faptional Dray Te k 174 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Check this box to enable this function Name Specify the name for the defined network serv
191. e button to install BT module Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the BT module for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt BT Install BT Installation Qutput BT module is being installed to USB device please wait a moment during installation Note Please don t leave the page till installation process is done When the module installation is finished you will see the following screen Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 245 Dray Te k USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download BT Default General Settings BT Function Listening Port Wax Peer Connections Traffic Control Rate Limit Enable Max Download Rate Max Upload Rate Enable Disable 49152 1025 65535 1 100 Enable Disable 100 KBnsi 0 2048 Web Client Authentication Enable User Mame Password Web Client Port Remote Management KBps 0 2048 Enable Disable 9091 Open Web Client Enable Disable Note Format usb disk as NTFS will be more reliable BT Function Listening Port Max Peer Connections Rate Limit Enable Max Download Rate Max Upload Rate Authentication Enable User Name Password Web Client Port Dray Tek Enable Click it to enable BT download function after powering your computer Disable Click it to disable BT download function after powering your computer Start Start the BT download proc
192. e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal workin
193. e k 3 10 User 3 10 1 User Configuration This page allows you to set user s setting that allowed to use PPTP FTP IPSEC L2TP connection Lisers Users Status Username Full Name Disk Sharing IPSECL2TP PPTP FIP Telnet va carrie carrie ni af J P 7 Add a Mew User Adding a New User Click Add a New User to open the following page User Configuration Add User Enable User Settings Username carrie Full Mare carrie ni Password Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSECILATP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Enable Check this box to enable such user profile Username Type a name for this user Full Name Type full name for this user Password Type the password for this user Confirm Password Type the password again for confirmation Allow Disk Sharing Check this box to have the remote user share the disk information Allow IPSEC L2TP Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this device through IPSEC L2TP Allow PPTP Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this device Dray Te k 134 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Allow FTP Allow TELNET through PPTP When such user profile needs to have PPTP LAN to LAN connection the following three items must be adjusted Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Check this box to let such user profile supporting PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Traffic
194. e k Applications gt gt Schedule Add Schedule Enable Start Date dil 11 B Year Month Date Start Time Hour Minute Action WAN UP s Acts Once Weekday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday saturday Sunday OK Enable Check to enable the schedule Start Date Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time Specify the starting time of the schedule Action Specify which action should be applied during the period of the schedule Action Acts WAN UP Weekday WAN UP DOWN WAN connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here WiFi UP DOWN Wireless Wi Fi connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here VPN UP DOWN VPN connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here BT UP DOWN BT connection will be activated inactivated based on the time schedule configured here Acts Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Routine Weekday Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Dray Tek 76 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 5 3 IGMP IGMP snooping means multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group If you disable IGMP snooping the system will make multicast traffic treated in the sam
195. e k For Static Users 1 Choose Static IP as the connection type WAN gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Connection Type Static IP Settings IF Address 1772 16 35 102 subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway IP Address 172 156 1 1 Primary DMS Server 68 95 1 1 secondary ONS Server 0 0 0 WAN Connection Detection 0 0 0 0 Clone MAC Address Pre OK 2 Check if IP Address IP Mask and IP Router are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP For PPPoE Users 1 Choose PPPoE as the connection type WAN gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Connection Type PPPoE w PPPoE Settings WAN Connection Detection 0 0 0 0 Clone MAC Address 2 Check if Username and Password are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP Dray Te k 338 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide For PPTP L2TP Users l 2a Choose PPTP L2TP as the connection type WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Connection Type PPTP Settings Username Password Server Address WAN IP Network Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Redial Policy Idle Time out MTU Size Clone MAC Address Enable Check if Username Password IP address Subnet Mask are entered with correct values that you get from your ISP 6 5 Forcing Vigor Router into TFTP Mode for Performing the Firmware Upgrade 1 i o a E o E a E a Press and hold t
196. e manner as broadcast traffic Applications gt gt IGMP Snooping IGMP Proxy Configuration C Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group IGMP Snooping Configuration General Configuration Snooping Enabled F Unregistered IPMC Flooding enabled d Forn Related Configuration Fast Leave d Enable IGMP Proxy Check the box to enable this function The IGMP proxy can act as a multicast proxy for hosts on LAN sides If you enable such function you can access any multicast group whenever you want Snooping Enabled Check the box to enable this function Unregistered IPMC Check the box to enable unregistered IPMC traffic flooding Flooding enabled Fast Leave Check the box to Fast Leave on the LAN port Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved 3 5 4 IGMP Status This page display current IGMP snooping status Applications gt gt IGMP Status IGMF Snooping Status Auto refresh LI Statistics V1 Reports V2 Reports V3 Reports V2 Leave Receive Receive Receive Receive 0 0 0 IGMP Groups Port Members Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 11 Dr ay Te k V1 3 Reports Receive Display the number of Received V1 V3 Reports V2 Leave Receive Display the number of Received V2 Leave Groups Display current IGMP groups Maximum number of group for each VLAN can be set is 128
197. e sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps G FIIMU 64Kbos G 7114 64k bos G 729A B BKbps G 723 B 4kbps If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector 116 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six
198. ecceccceccuccecuucuucucuucuecuucucucuucueuecuuaecaucuusueaecsecuuaucuecuecueseceucucsuuaeceeenecueeauaes 147 4 1 1 ntemnel ACCESS aa Ea a a N A E AANA 149 4 1 2 VAO CAYA ANN 157 ASPO e ee Ee ee E ee Te ee eee eR ee meet ray 159 MAA Ba AC I senate a reznanenane 94 eaiients yes tuasiencests geancesiaten tanto eiareteateianessiaceunti acer eersacsuettaedesatiasies 161 AD NPA EE AEA EEA EEE PEA E E EEEE EEE AA EEA E EE A E 162 4 2 1 General SetU sev sescesiscscesasssancsededonpacvbensnetiadossqeadnesteedetsnveesenesoeheesaseeesedesniqetsedansusbenesoqwestes 164 ALFON r a E E a EER 165 4 2 3 MAC Address Table cccccccccccecececccccceccccccececececucenececaecuuenecsccuausecscauuaenerstuuaenenseatas 167 AZ2ANVLAN erne a EE EAEE EENE 168 42 5 Monitor PON eessen nnna r A r EE Ea ee ee 169 4 2 6 Static Route cccccccceccecececcececcccececcncsccecsccececesacuaneacaucesancecaasecaesacauancaranessencesaeseeaess 170 4 2 7 Bind IP to MAC cccccccccccecceccecceccceccecuccuccececuccuececucuccucaucuecuusueaecaccueaecesuesuuaeseesaeeeees 172 ae T e a siccincsreaaciesieusatiasen iewunsinsaimesnaesaiont dita Peveavieusamesmee tag demeusa asian lestinsiesaubidametiaiaetonPoveaseusamesinedeasnassanist 173 4 3 1 Hardware NAT cdcccecnaccccsecinecadanacasasdceroudegaacec see ien dncticncadadauaavonenesdvewebbedwonescienvadendedeednye beds 174 Ae SIA FOS a asec se aces E E E E E E 174 4 3 3 DMZ HOSt cc cccccccccccecccceccecceccecuccucceccecuccuececucuc
199. eck the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings faerping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A tz loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum Hms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal 1 2 3 4 Dray Tek Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear
200. ee Confirm Pre Shared Key Local Identity Remote Identity Networks Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Advanced Security Settings IKE phase 1 proposal Automatic v E SHALAMDE IKE phase 2 proposal Automatic SHAL NDS Perfect Forward Secrecy Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is Demo Enter Vigor2820 s WAN IP address in the Remote IP field Select Main Mode as IKE phase 1 mode oe Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2820 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 307 Dray Tek 6 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Local Network Mask field Enter Vigor2820 s private network in the Remote Network Mask field 7 Use default value Automatic for IKE phase 1 and phase 2 proposals 8 Click OK 9 Accessing the VPN network of Vigor2820 from a PC behind Vigor2130 to initiate the VPN connection for example ping 192 168 1 x from a PC 192 168 30 x Vigor2130 will be triggered to dial the IPSec VPN to Vigor2820 After the VPN is connected you can monitor the status VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN VPN Site to Site Tunnels IPSec Auto refresh L IKE ESP Alg Status Alg DES CBC 192 p ESP AES HMAC_SHA1 JHAT MODP 1024 SIATE_QUICK 12 160728 Name Endpoint Demo 1 72 17 1 Add Tunnel Dray Te k 308 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide VPN configuration on Vigor
201. een each other Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic t VoIP DialPlan SIF Accounts Phone settings Status D F ay Te k 250 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 11 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring and Regional links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Confiquration Phone Book Digit Wap Call Barring Regional 4 11 1 1 Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor2820V for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Setup Index Phone number Display Name SIP URL
202. efix Metric Expires Dray Tek Frefix 2000 64 fedQ b4 fedQ 64 fed0 64 fed b4 Auto refresh C Refresh Metric Expires MTU Hoplimit 256 124 sec 1500 4294967295 256 1290sec 1500 14 4794967295 256 1289sec 1500 44 4294967295 256 12885ec 1500 14 4794967295 256 1269sec 1500 14 4294967295 Display the interface name eth0O eth fp etc that used to transfer packets with addresses matching the prefix The IPv6 address prefix Display the distance to the target usually counted in hops It is not used by recent kernels but may be needed by routing daemons Display the lifetime of the route 128 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide MTU Display the largest size in bytes of a packet Advmss Display the largest size in bytes of an unfragmented piece of a routing advertisement Hoplimit Display the number of network segments on which the packet is allowed to travel before discarded Auto refresh Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals 3 9 5 IPv6 Neighbour IPv6 uses neighbor discovery protocol to find out neighbors on the same link IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Neighbour IPv6 ARP Table Auto refresh CI Device IP Address Mac Address State Device The interface name of the link where the neighbor is on IP Address The IPv6 address of the neighbor MAC Address The link layer address of the neighbor State Possible states include incomplete address resolut
203. ent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router 145 Dray Tek 3 11 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Yes No Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future 3 11 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade Current Firmware Version v1 5 0 1 Select a firmware file Brow Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade N
204. erate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Dray Tek 78 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Address amp Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PIR Broadband gt gt Network Tasks a cu hinet E Create a new connection oe Disconnected Set up a home or small C_ WAN Miniport PPPOE office network General Internet Gateway Shatus Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 MES A ii Speed 100 0 Mbps r ba Disconnected ay Network Troubleshooter a S DrayTek ISDN PPP N Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway w P Wa e Control Panel TE Ip Broadband Connection on 4 Rout 4 My Network Places said ere ET 3 My Documents Sent 404 tad ig My Computer Recened 1 115 BEG _ LAN or High Speed Internet Local rea Connection Enabled aes Realtek RTL139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application a TIP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ed x Adva
205. ername Password and click Login for full configuration Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble f Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Off Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 15 Dray Te k 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router l Dray Tek Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor2 130 Series a Dray Tek High speed Gigabit Router System Status A Quick Start Wizard 2 Auto refrash C Refree Online Status Model Vigor 130Vn WAN Firmware Version v1 5 0 1 FLAN Build Date Time gt Thu Now 18 13 15 51 CST 2010 t NAT System Date gt Tho Jan 7 17 34 06 1970 Firewall System Uptime 2 Dd 17 5406 CSM a gt Bandwidth Management System S A l Applications CPU Usage 149 Connection Mode DHCP YP
206. erver IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 49 Dray Tek 3 2 2 Ports Ports page is used to change the setting for LAN ports You can set or reset the following items All of them are described in detail below LAN gt gt Ports Forn Configuration Flow Control Excessive POTE a Configured Down Auto Down 16fdx Dow Port Link Speed Current Speed Configured Flow Control Maximum Frame Excessive Collision Mode Dray Tek Current Current Maxim Collision Loe Frame Mode Control It displays current network interface It displays current connection status Green
207. es Gigabit WAN port and embedded hardware NAT deliver ultra fast speed from WAN to LAN Gigabit LAN ports stream content to wired devices with unprecedented speeds 2 USB ports provides fast access to an external USB hard drive Embedded DLNA server iTune server supports stream content to Media Players Up to 800 Mpbs throughput for downstream Advanced QoS for Data Music VoIP and Video Easy to use firewall VoIP facilities for low cost call V model 1 2 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ots Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings Clear Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide l Dray Tek Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation 1 3 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 3 1 For Vigor2130 LED SEW Explanation Activity normally HPA WAN Off Lan 1 2 3 4 Off The port is disconnected USB 1 2 VPN On The VPN
208. es Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 128 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Vigor2130 Series User s Guide bad packets received Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the low queue counter of the packet received Display the normal queue counter of the packet received Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Display the high queue counter of the packet received Display the number of frames dropped due to the lack of receiving buffer Display the number of Alignment errors packets received Display the number of short frames lt 64 Bytes with valid CRC Display the number of long frames according to max_length register with valid CRC Display the number of short frames lt 64 bytes with invalid CRC Display the number of long frames according tomax_length register with invalid CRC Display the filtered number of the packet received Display the counting number of the packet transmitted Display the total transmitted bytes Display the show the counting number of the transmitted unicast packet Display the show the counting number of the transmitted multicast packet Display the counting number of the transmitted broadcast packet Show the counting number of the transmitted pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 65 127 byte
209. ess Stop Stop the BT download process Type the port number to listen for incoming peer connection Type a number of the peers that can connect to the router at one time Transmission rate can be limited by clicking Enable If it is enabled please specify the maximum rate for download and upload respectively Type the maximum rate for data downloading per second The range is 0 2048KB Type the maximum rate for data uploading per second The range is 0 2048KB Enable Click it to enable authentication function Each wireless clients or PC in LAN must type the username and password for authentication to the remote control services Disable Click it to disable authentication function Type a name for authentication Type a password for authentication Type a port number for accessing Open Web Client 246 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Remote Management Enable Click it to enable remote control for BT torrent download Disable Click it to disable remote management function OK Save the settings Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog For the detailed information of BT Torrent application please refer to Chapter 5 4 10 6 iTunes Server iTunes server is one of the most popular programs for managing media content on a computer Vigor router provides a function to support iTunes service that users can play music files e g mp3 from the USB storage device on Vigo
210. ess The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 2A D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 159 Dray Tek 3G USB Modem If your router connects to a 3G modem and you want to access Internet via 3G modem choose 3G as connection type and type the required information in this web page WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type 3G USB Modem WAN IP Alias 3G USB Modem Settings silk PIM code Modem Initial String1 AT BF Modem Initial String ATEUVIA1 8028 01 SOF0 default AT AF default ATED V141 amp 028 01 50 0 i APN Mame internet default internet Modem Dial String ATOT OS PPP Username PPP Password default ATO TOS Clone MAC Address Enable Set to Default SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String1 2 Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Clone MAC
211. f the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT Hardware NAT Open Port DMZ Host Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 173 Dray Te k 4 3 1 Hardware NAT Hardwar
212. face Description WLAN Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection WAN Connector for accessing the Internet LAN Connectors for local networked devices 1 2 3 4 USB 1 2 Connector for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dray Tek 6 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Interface Description Phone2 Phonel Connector of analog phone for VoIP communication Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 7 Dray Te k 1 4 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect Line port to land line jack with a RJ 11 cable Vn model 2 Connect this device to a modem with an Ethernet cable 3 Connect one port of 4 port switch to your computer with a RJ 45 cable This device allows you to connect 4 PCs directly 4 Connect Phone port to a conventional analog telephone Connect detachable antennas to the router for Vigor2130 series n model 6 Connect one end of the power cord to the power port of this device Connect the other end to the wall outlet of electricity 7
213. finished you will see the following screen Dray Tek 98 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download BT Default General Settings BT Function Listening Port Wax Peer Connections Traffic Control Rate Limit Enable Max Download Rate Max Upload Rate Enable Disable 49152 1025 65535 1 100 Enable Disable 100 KBnsi 0 2048 Web Client Authentication Enable User Mame Password Web Client Port Remote Management KBps 0 2048 Enable Disable 9091 Open Web Client Enable Disable Note Format usb disk as NTFS will be more reliable BT Function Listening Port Max Peer Connections Rate Limit Enable Max Download Rate Max Upload Rate Authentication Enable User Name Password Web Client Port Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Click it to enable BT download function after powering your computer Disable Click it to disable BT download function after powering your computer Start Start the BT download process Stop Stop the BT download process Type the port number to listen for incoming peer connection Type a number of the peers that can connect to the router at one time Transmission rate can be limited by clicking Enable If it is enabled please specify the maximum rate for download and upload respectively Type the maximum rate for data downloading per second The range
214. for WLAN client Encryption Select an appropriate encryption mode to improve the security and privacy of your wireless data packets NEP WPA PSK VPA RADIUS WPS Each encryption mode will bring out different web page and ask you to offer additional configuration Wireless Security Configuration For the security of your system choose the proper encryption for data transmission Different encryption mode will bring out different setting encryption ways Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WEP WPA PSK WPA RADIUS WPS None The encryption mechanism is turned off WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key D F ay Ti e k 84 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Default Key Key Key2 Key3 Key4 Authentication Mode OPEN ka OK Default Key All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Keyl1 Key4 Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The format of WEP Key is restricted to 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal values in 64 bit encryption level or restricted to 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal values in 128 bit encryption level The allowed content is the ASCII characters from 33 to 126 except and Authentication Mode Choose OPEN or SHARED as the authentication mode OPEN Set wireless to authentication open mode SHARED Set wireless to authentication shared mode
215. for the times of in call Accumulation for the times of out call Accumulation for the times of missing call The volume of present call Display logs of VoIP calls 119 Dray Tek 3 9 IPv6 VB WAN Setup vE LAN Setup wh Firewall Setu H Vo Routing V6 Neighbour v6 TSPC Status vE Management 3 9 1 IPv6 WAN Setup This page defines the IPv6 connection types for WAN interface Possible types contain Link Local only Static IPv6 DHCPv6 and TSPC Each type requires different parameter settings WAN IPvb Configuration IPv Connection Type Link Local Only v Link Local Only Link Local Onl static IPye eases Client A NAY Prefix Length DHCPy6 Client APD Link Local Only Link Local address is used for communicating with neighbouring nodes on the same link It is defined by the address prefix fe80 10 You don t need to setup Link Local address manually for it is generated automatically according to your MAC Address IPv6 gt gt WAN General Setup WAN IPvb Configuration Pv Connection Type Link Local Only w Link Local Onh Pub Address fea 250 ff tell 2 Prefix Length B4 IPv6 Address The least significant 64 bits are usually chosen as the interface hardware address constructed in modified EUI 64 format Prefix Length Display the fixed value 64 for prefix length D F ay Te k 120 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Static IPv6 This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN IPv6 gt gt
216. frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1024 1522 byt frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted 297 Dray Tek Tx Low Display the low queue counter of the packet transmitted Tx Normal Display the normal queue counter of the packet transmitted Tx Medium Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Tx High Display the high queue counter of the packet received Tx Drops Display the number of frames dropped due to excessive collision late collision or frame aging Tx lat Exc Coll Display the number of Frames late collision or excessive collision Error which switch transmitted Auto refresh Check it to enable auto refresh function Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the counters for all ports 4 15 6 MAC Address Table The MAC Address Table contains up to 8192 entries and is sorted first by VLAN ID then by MAC address Each page shows up to 999 entries from the MAC table default being 20 selected through the entries per page input field When first visited the web page will show the first 20 entries from the beginning of the MAC Ta
217. g Date imm dd yyyY oO0 o00 00 oOo o00 00 oOo o00 00 oOo o00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o0 00 00 o0 00 00 00 00 00 4 Auto refresh Refresh Port Vigor2130 Series User s Guide PeerlD Codec WA WA WA WA Time i hh rmm ss oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oo o00 00 oOo o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oO0 o00 00 oOo o00 00 oO 00 00 oO o00 00 Auto refresh L Elapse Tx Rx In Out Miss Speaker hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Calls Calls Calls Gain 00 00 00 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 5 Duration In Out Miss Account ID hh tim 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0d Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals Click it to reload the page It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG _UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming 265 Dray Tek Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Rx Losts Rx Jitter In Calls Out Calls Miss Calls Speaker Gain Log 4 12 Pv6 VB WAN Setup vE LAN Setup wh Firewall Setu H Vo Routing VE Neighbour vE TSPC Status vE Management 4 12 1 IPv6 WAN Setup This page
218. g all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 40 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 1 2 Multi VLAN Vigor2130 series offers multi VLAN function to make the data transmission with security Data transmitting through the DSL port for connecting to Internet can be tagged with an ID number specified here for ensuring the security In addition each LAN port also can be tagged with an ID number in local network to reach the goal of protection If all the boxes are checked it means that Internet connection and data transmission can be done via 4 VLAN groups WAN gt gt 802 10 VLAN Tag Configuration 307 10 VLAN Tag Configuration V Enable Multi VLAN Setup WAN VLAN Setting WAN VLAN ID 2 VolP WAN VLAN Setting Enable VolP WAN Setup VolP WAN WLAN ID VoIP WAN Setting LAN VLAN Setting Note Pl is reserved for WAT Route use Enable Multi VLAN Setup Check the box to enable Multi VLAN configuration WAN VLAN ID Data sent out through the WAN port will be tagged with VLAN ID number specified here The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 Enable VoIP WAN Setup Check the box to enable VoIP WAN configuration VoIP WAN VLAN ID Voice sent out through the WAN port will be tagged with VLAN ID number specified here The range of ID number you can type is from 2 4096 VoIP WAN Setting Click this link to open VoIP WAN setting WAN gt gt VolP WAN VoIP WAN Connection
219. g conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com iii Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou County HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2130 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2130 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Commu
220. groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong settings might cause inconvenience for users VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Advance Settings gt gt Phone 1 Caller ID Type FSK_ETSI UK v Volume Gain DTMF Mic Gain 1 10 5 DTMF Mode Speaker Gain 1 10 5 _ Payload Type RFC2833 6 127 ini MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 27 5 5 Zi Ring Frequency 10 SOHz Caller ID Type Choose one of the selections as caller ID type Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose DTMF mode InBand InBand
221. hat is used to bind with the assigned IP address Refresh It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Dray Te k 172 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Add It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed Click OK to save the settings 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address o
222. he downstream to be applied as specific limitation If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list When you finish adding a new bandwidth limit simply click OK Dray Tek 64 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 4 3 Port Rate Control A policer can limit the bandwidth of received frames It is located in front of the ingress queue And a shaper can limit the bandwidth of transmitted frames It is located after the ingress queues This page allows you to configure the switch port rate limit for Policers and Shapers Bandwidth Management gt gt Port Rate Control Rate Limit Configuration Policer Policer Policer Shaper Shaper Shaper Enabled Rate Rx Unit Enabled Rate Tx Unit a Mote Shaper must be enabled for Weighted Ciueuing Mode Qlosll Port Represent LAN or WAN interface Policer Enabled Check this box to enable policer function to limit the bandwidth of received frames Policer Rate Rx Type the number for policer function The default value is 500 It is restricted to 500 1000000 when the Policer Unit is set in kbps and it is restricted to 1 1000 when the Policer Unit is set in Mbps Policer Unit Determine the unit kbps Mbps for po
223. he Factory Reset button The system will power off and power on the Vigor Router Release the Factory Reset button when the ACT LED and its neighbor LED blink simultaneously There are different LED blinking methods in describing TFTP mode status Vigor2130 ACT LED amp its neighbor LED blink simultaneously Change your PC IP address to 192 168 1 10 Open Firmware Upgrade Utility and key in Router IP 192 168 1 1 manually Install Router Tools on one computer that connects to Vigor Router s LAN port Make sure the computer can ping Vigor s LAN IP Default IP is 192 168 1 1 Run Router Tools gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Input Vigor s LAN IP manually or use the button to select Indicate the firmware location Note There are two firmware types The rst firmware format will make the configurations be back to default settings after upgrading firmware The all firmware format will remain the former configurations after upgrading firmware Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 339 Dray Te k 10 Input the Password if you have set one then click Send Operation Mode Upgrade Backup Setting Router IP 192 168 1 1 Firmware File F ivigorzia30 wi 2 0wz130_0120 all Password Time uk Sec Abort 11 There is a bar showing the upgrading process Firmware Upgrade Utility aag Operation Mode Upgrade Backup Setting Router IP Waiting Detecting router act
224. hens Client Identity Endpoint IKE Status IKE Alg Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Display the name of the VPN IPSec Mobile client Display the remote ID of the VPN client Display the IP address of the VPN client Display the status of the phase 1 ISAKMP key exchange Display the encryption and authentication algorithm used during phase 1 of the VPN connection Establishment The algorithm is used during exchange of key exchange 221 Dray Tek ESP Status ESP Alg User Name Interface Remote IP Local IP Login Time Rx bytes Tx bytes Auto refresh Refresh Dray Tek Display the status of the phase 2 IPSec ESP key exchange Display the encryption and authentication algorithm used during phase 2 of the VPN connection Establishment This algorithm is used for transporting data and the choice will affect the performance of the VPN tunnel Display the dial in user account Display the connection name assigned by the router Display IP address of remote client Display the given local IP address of a client Display the system time that the user logs in Display the data total received for such client Display the data total transmitted for such client Check this box to make the system refresh this page automatically Click this button to refresh the page immediately 222 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 8 5 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles
225. herefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT Hardware NAT Open Port DMZ Host Dray Tek 58 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 3 1 Hardware NAT Hardware base Acceleration Engine also named Protocol Processing Engine API is the function that Draytek provides to extremely speed up the NAT performance While the hardware acceleration mechanism is activated most of the bandwidth usage will be concentrated on the specific sessions which increase transmission speed to get ultimately accelerated With
226. his button Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added on WDS settings page 3 6 6 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Dray Tek 90 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration vMi Capable Enable Disable APSD Capable O Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aitsn CWHMin CWMax Txop AckPolicy WMM Parameters of Station Aifsn CWMin Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button APSD Capable The default setting is Disable Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each
227. ication arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 195 Dr ay Te k CSM gt gt IM P2P Blocking IM P2P Blocking LJ Enable IM P2P Blocking Only new connections will be matched Packets belonging to already open connections are automaticaly allowed to pass the firewall Name Source Action No Cam Block ing Enable IM P2P Blocking Check this box to enable such function Only new network connection will be influenced by such rule Add Entry Click it add a new IM P2P blocking rule You are allowed to add many firewall rules for your request Simply click Add Entry the following screen will be shown CSM gt gt IM P2P Blocking Add Rule C Enable Name Source IP Mask Action Syslog Fj MSN C iChat L AIM C Web MSN E Google Talk C SKYPE Yahoo Message F eDonkey F aG C Fast Track F Weblhd C Gnutella F ICG F BitTorrent F Enable Check the box to enable such rule Name Type a name of the rule for identification Source IP Type IP address in LAN Packets passing through such IP address will be f
228. ice Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP and TCP UDP TCP UDP TCP UDP TCP UDP WAN IP Specify one WAN IP address to be used by such profile The default setting is ALL which mean such profile can be applied for all the WAN IP addresses 2 16 5 102 WARN IP Alias Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port optional Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Local Host Enter the private IP address of the local host Local Port optional If it is configured the forwarded traffic is mapped to this port on the local host Click OK to save the settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 175 Dray Te k 4 3 3 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to I
229. ill be shown in this field for your reference Codec Display the codec used for such phone entry Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Region Select the proper region which you are located If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone If you choose User Defined the Advanced button will be available for you to click to set the detailed configuration Advanced setting allows you to adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off 113 Dray Tek VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Tone Settings Region us v Caller ID Type FSK_BELLCORE US AU Low Freq High Freq Tont T off 1 Ton2 T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Dial tone jf Ringing tone Busy tone 46 e Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default se
230. ill usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor router adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor router it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor router with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via SuperG wireless function of Vigor router and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor router Mobile Coffee shop Internet VolP Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc i N a VPN 3 56 HSDPA USB Modem After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Dray Tek 148 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN WAN Wulti
231. iltered by the router Mask Type the mask for the source IP Action Block Packets matching with such rule will be blocked by the router Pass Packets matching with such rule are allowed to pass through the router D F ay Te k 196 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Syslog Check this box to record the information on Syslog Simply check the box s that you want to block and click OK to save the settings 4 6 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management t Bandwidth Management Session Limit Bandwidth Limit Port Rate Control QoS Control List Ports Priority QoS Statistics 4 6 1 Session Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Session Limit Session Limit Configuration Disable Enable Default Session Limit Limitation List Index Start IF Session Limit Specitic Limitation Stat P o end o session Limit To activate the function of limit session simply click Enab
232. ine 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Manage
233. ing the Internet LAN Connectors for local networked devices 1 2 3 4 USB 1 2 Connector for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dray Tek 4 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide a j m m Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 Dray Te k 1 3 3 For Vigor2130Vn LED SENS SEMEOLA ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running Activity normally HPA WAN Off The port is disconnected PN ene USB1 2 Phonel On The phone connected to this port is Phone2 off hook Off The phone connected to this port is on hook Blinking A phone call comes WLAN Wireless access point is ready Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes through WPS Press this button for 2 seconds to wait Button for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS connection will be on The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 USB1 USB2 Phonet Phone2 WLAN Inter
234. interface Display the specified primary DNS setting Display the specified secondary DNS setting Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Display the device type used for wireless LAN Display the SSID of the router Display the channel that wireless LAN used Display the manufacturer of the disk Display the model of the disk Display the storage size of the USB diskette Display current status of the USB diskette 137 Dray Tek 3 11 2 TR 069 Vigor router with TR 069 is available for matching with VigorACS server Such page provides VigorACS and CPE settings under TR 069 protocol All the settings configured here is for CPE to be controlled and managed with VigorACS server Users need to type URL username and password for the VigorACS server that such device will be connected However URL username and password under CPE client are fixed that users cannot change it The default CPE username and password are vigor and password You will need it when you configure VigorACS server System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS Settings URAL sername Password CPE Settings Enable URL Fort Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Enable Interval Time second s ACS Settings Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to VigorACS user s manual for detailed information URL Type the URL for VigorACS server If the connected CPE
235. ion is in progress reachable neighbor is reachable stale neighbor s may be unreachable but not verified until a packet is sent delay neighbor may be unreachable and a packet was sent probe neighbor may be unreachable and probes are sent to verify the reachability Auto refresh Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 129 Dray Te k 3 9 6 IPv6 TSPC Status IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC TSPC log contains some debug information from program If TSPC has not configured properly the router will display the following page when the user tries to connect through TSPC connection IPv6 gt gt IPv6 TSPC Status Status Log Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Status Disconnected Activity Sent we Received When TSPC configuration has been done the router will start to connect The connecting page will be shown as below Status Loy Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Status Activity Sent Je Received When the router detects all the information the screen will be shown as follows One set of TSPC prefix and prefix length will be obtained after the connection between TSPC and Tunnel broker built D F ay Te k 130 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Status Log Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Interface ethi Tunnel Mode lPvb in IPv4 Native Lo
236. iority 5 Class ToS Priority 6 Class ToS Priority 7 Class Normal Medium High If you choose Tag Priority as QCE Type you have to specify priority class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type Tag Priority 0 Class Normal Tag Priority 1 Class Tag Priority 2 Class Tag Priority 3 Class Normal Tag Priority 4 Class Tag Priority 5 Class Tag Priority 6 Class Tag Priority 7 Class Low Narmal Medium High Editing a QCE Click to modify the settings of an existing QCE on this page Moving Up Down a QCE Click Q and O to move a QCE up and down Dray Te k 204 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Deleting a QCE To delete a QCE in the list simply click G of that one It will be removed immediately 4 6 5 Ports Priority This page allows you to configure QoS settings for each port The classification is controlled by a QCL Quality Control List that is assigned to each port A QCL consists of an ordered list of up to 12 QCEs Quality Control Entry Each QCE can be used to classify certain frames to a specific QoS class This classification can be based on parameters such as VLAN ID UDP TCP port IPv4 IPv6 DSCP or Tag Priority Frames not matching any of the QCEs are Classified to the default QoS class for the port Bandwidth Management gt gt Ports Priority Port QoS Configuration Queuing Weighted Port Default Class Que
237. is 0 2048KB Type the maximum rate for data uploading per second The range is 0 2048KB Enable Click it to enable authentication function Each wireless clients or PC in LAN must type the username and password for authentication to the remote control services Disable Click it to disable authentication function Type a name for authentication Type a password for authentication Type a port number for accessing Open Web Client 99 Dray Tek Remote Management Enable Click it to enable remote control for BT torrent download Disable Click it to disable remote management function OK Save the settings Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog For the detailed information of BT Torrent application please refer to Chapter 5 3 7 6 iTunes Server iTunes server is one of the most popular programs for managing media content on a computer Vigor router provides a function to support iTunes service that users can play music files e g mp3 from the USB storage device on Vigor router directly USB Application gt gt iTunes Server Press the button to install iTunes Server Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the iTunes Server for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt iTune Server Install iTune Installation Output Me When the server installation is finished you will see the following screen USB Applica
238. ist the port members which apply dynamic learning mechanism or not Auto Enable this port MAC address dynamic learning mechanism Disable Disable this port MAC address dynamic learning mechanism only support static MAC address setting Secure Disable this port MAC address dynamic learning mechanism and copy the dynamic learning packets to CPU Static MAC Table Config Specify static MAC address with VLAN ID to apply aging configuration Delete Click the button to remove the VLAN setting VLAN ID Specify the interface for the port members MAC Address It is a six byte long Ethernet hardware address and usually expressed by hex and separated by hyphens For example 00 40 C7 D6 00 02 WAN LAN1 4 Check the port to apply this VLAN setting Dray Tek 52 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide To add a new static MAC entry click Add new static entry A new entry will be shown as follows Choose VLAN ID and type a new MAC address Next specify port member for this table Finally click OK to save the changes Static MAC Table Configuration Port Members Delete VLAN ID MAC Address WAN LAN1 LAN LANS LAN4 1 LAN ll 00 00 00 00 00 00 C C C F F 3 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear VLAN function is en
239. itted bytes Display the show the counting number of the transmitted unicast packet Display the show the counting number of the transmitted multicast packet Display the counting number of the transmitted broadcast packet Show the counting number of the transmitted pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 65 127 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1024 1522 byt frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the low queue counter of the packet transmitted Display the normal queue counter of the packet transmitted 208 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Tx Medium Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Tx High Display the high queue counter of the packet received Tx Drops Display the number of frames dropped due to excessive collision late collision or frame aging Tx lat Exc Coll Display the number of Frames late collision or excessive collision Error which switch transmitted 4 7 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications t Applications Dynami
240. ivity Please waik Don t power off or reset router during waiting Send 12 When the firmware upgrade is successful the following window will pop up Dray Te k 340 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Operation Mode Upgrade Backup Setting Router IP 197 165 1 1 Firm Message If the message of Request Timeout Transfer Abort appears please check 1f the connection between the computer and the Vigor is active or not And if the message of Incorrect No file name Transfer Abort appears please check if the firmware you download is correct for your Vigor router Firmware Upgrade Utility Sli Ea L Firmware Upgrade Utility E md Operation Mode Operation Mode Upgrade Upgrade Backup Setting Backup Setting Router IP Router IP sea O Ga boron OG Firmware File Firmware File Note Please turn off the Firewall protection while upgrading the firmware with Windows Vista The Firewall function can be turned off via Control Panel gt gt Security Center gt gt Firewall Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 341 Dr ay Tek 6 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing Vv
241. k Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Vigor2130 Series User s Guide User Settings carrie carrie ni LI 219 Dray Tek 4 8 3 IPSec Remote Dial in This page allows you to configure PSec Site to Client settings VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in Setup IPSec Site to Client Mobile VPN Mobile VPN Type Mobile WPN Type Disabled v Authentication shared secret again fs Advanced Security Settings Phase 1 IKE shad dS group2 groupS Phase 2 IPSec shal md5 Mobile VPN Type This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel L2TP lPsec Dynamic VPN IPsec L TP IPsec Disabled Ignore the configurations set in this page Dynamic VPN IPSec Traffic between this subnet and the client will travel through the VPN tunnel If you choose this type please specify the IP address and subnet mask for local network Mobile VPN Type Mobile VPN Type Dynamic VPN IPsec Local Network Mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L2TP IPSec The range must not overlap the DHCP address range if enabled and must allow for at least one IP address Example 10 10 137 240 10 10 137 245 If you choose this type please specify the IP address range for L2TP IPSec mode IPSec Site to Client Mobile VPN Mobile VPN Type Mobil
242. kets received Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 1024 1522 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad 207 Dray Tek Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Tx Packets Tx Octets Tx Unicast Tx Multicast Tx Broadcast Tx Pause Tx 64 Bytes Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 128 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Tx Low Tx Normal Dray Tek packets received Display the low queue counter of the packet received Display the normal queue counter of the packet received Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Display the high queue counter of the packet received Display the number of frames dropped due to the lack of receiving buffer Display the number of Alignment errors packets received Display the number of short frames lt 64 Bytes with valid CRC Display the number of long frames according to max_length register with valid CRC Display the number of short frames lt 64 bytes with invalid CRC Display the number of long frames according to max_length register with invalid CRC Display the filtered number of the packet received Display the counting number of the packet transmitted Display the total transm
243. l block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Dray Te k 214 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 4 7 6 Wake On LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake On LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Applications gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP ta MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IPF Address MAC Address rok RE RE RE AL Result Oo Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the bond IP If you choose Wake b
244. lay the port of that entry Check it to enable auto refresh function Click it to reload the page Click it to clear the counters for all ports The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt DHCP Table DHCP Server Status Computer Name WML Administrat3 user balel62ces Auto refresh L IP Address MAC Address Expire Time 192 168 1 127 00 18 41 e0 f9 e3 T Hours 9 Minutes 192 168 1 178 O00 0e a6 2a d5 al1 6 Hours 51 Minutes Computer Name IP Address MAC Address Expire Time Auto refresh Refresh Vigor2130 Series User s Guide It displays the name of the computer accepted the assigned IP address by this router It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it It displays the leased time of the specified PC Check it to enable auto refresh function Click it to reload the page 299 Dray Tek 4 15 8 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not
245. lay the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the global IPv6 address of the LAN interface Display the link local IPv6 address of the LAN interface Display if the DHCP server is active or not Display current connection type used Display the connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the WAN interface Display the IPv6 address of the WAN interface Display the gateway address of the WAN interface Display the specified primary DNS setting Display the specified secondary DNS setting Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Display the device type used for wireless LAN Display the SSID of the router Display the channel that wireless LAN used Display the manufacturer of the disk Display the model of the disk Display the storage size of the USB diskette Display current status of the USB diskette 282 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 14 2 TR 069 Vigor router with TR 069 is available for matching with VigorACS server Such page provides VigorACS and CPE settings under TR 069 protocol All the settings configured here is for CPE to be controlled and managed with VigorACS server Users need to type URL username and password for the VigorACS server that such device will be connected However URL username and password under CPE client are fixed that users cannot change it The default CPE username and password a
246. le and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default Sessions Limit Defines the default session number used for each computer Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 197 Dr ay Te k in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Defines the start LAN IP address for limit session End IP Defines the end LAN IP address for limit session Sessions Limit Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list When you finish adding a new session limit simply click OK 4 6 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Configuration Disable Enable
247. licer Shaper Enabled Check this box to enable shaper function Shaper Rate Tx Type the number for shaper function The default value is 500 It is restricted to 500 1000000 when the Shaper Unit is set in kbps and it is restricted to 1 1000 when the Shaper Unit is set in Mbps Shaper Unit Determine the unit kbps Mbps for shaper function Click OK to save the settings 3 4 4 QoS Control List Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off
248. lied just once Routine Weekday Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 211 Dray Te k 4 7 3 IGMP IGMP snooping means multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group If you disable IGMP snooping the system will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Applications gt gt IGMP Snooping IGMP Proxy Configuration C Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group IGMP Snooping Configuration General Configuration Snooping Enabled F Unregistered IPMC Flooding enabled d Forn Related Configuration Fast Leave d Enable IGMP Proxy Check the box to enable this function The IGMP proxy can act as a multicast proxy for hosts on LAN sides If you enable such function you can access any multicast group whenever you want Snooping Enabled Check the box to enable this function Unregistered IPMC Check the box to enable unregistered IPMC traffic flooding Flooding enabled Fast Leave Check the box to Fast Leave on the LAN port Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved 4 7 4 IGMP Status This page display current IGMP status Applications gt gt IGMP Status IGMP Snooping Status
249. light means the WAN connection is successful It displays current speed that the router uses You can use the drop down list to choose the required speed for the router If you have no idea in configuring speed simple use the default setting Auto Auto 1Gbps FDX 100Mbps FDX 100Mbps HDX 10Mbps FDX 10Mbps HDX If flow control is enabled by checking Configured box both parties can send PAUSE frame to the transmitting device s if the receiving port is too busy to handle If not there will be no flow control in the port It drops the packet if too much to handle Current Rx indicates whether pause frames on the port are obeyed Current Tx indicates whether pause frames on the port are transmitted This module offers 1518 9600 Bytes length to make the long packet for data transmission There are two modes for you to choose when excessive collision happened in half duplex condition 50 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Discard Restart Discard It determines whether the MAC drops frames after an excessive collision has occurred If yes a frame 1s dropped after excessive collision This is IEEE Standard 802 3 half duplex flow control operation Restart It determines whether the MAC retransmits frames after an excessive collision has occurred If set a frame is not dropped after excessive collisions but the backoff sequence is restarted This is a violation of IEEE Standard 802 3 but is useful in non d
250. listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone CLIR hide caller ID Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of Dray Tek 262 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Packet Size Voice Active Detection Vigor2130 Series User s Guide the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4kK bps G FIIMU 64Kbos G 7114 64k bos G 729A B BKbps G 723 B 4kbps If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will
251. ller ID Settings would apply to both FPhonel and Phonez RTP CI Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS Phone List Tone Caller ID Settings Dray Tek Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allows you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec Display the codec used for such phone entry Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Region Select the proper region which you are located If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone If you choose User Defined the Advanced button will be available for you to click to set the detailed configuration Advanced setting allows you to adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn1 and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off
252. lt 255 255 255 0 24 The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction Enable Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Check the box to enable DHCP server setting Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 164 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 Lease Time It allows you to set the leased time for the specified PC Fo
253. lti VLAN firmware version 1 4 0 and after It can specify a VLAN ID for WAN port and offers more advanced environmental application for the users through the bridge technique in WAN port and LAN port I Way to Configure To enable such function please do the following 1 Open WAN gt gt 802 1Q VLAN Tag Configuration Check the box of Enable Multi VLAN Setup 2 Fill in the VLAN ID number in the field of WAN VLAN ID 3 Ifthe router you have supports VoIP you can configure VoIP WAN setting for using by VoIP interface of the router 4 In LAN VLAN setting check the box of Enable LAN to WAN in bridge mode and type a different VLAN ID number WAN gt gt 802 10 VLAN Tag Configuration 8027 10 VLAN Tag Configuration Q Enable Mult VLAN Setup WAN VLAN Setting WAN WLAN ID g4 2 VoIP WAN VLAN Setting Enable VoIP WAN Setup VoIP WAN VLAN ID E 93 WolP WAN Setting LAN VLAN Setting VLAN Enable ID P1 P2 P3 P4 LAMINAT Bdge LJ Bridge2 a Bridge3 4 AG Note Pl rs reserved for M4AT Route use Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 303 Dray Te k ll Example Chart of Structure WAN VLAN ID 84 LAN VLAN ID 86 VoIP WAN VLAN ID 93 PPPoE VID 84 DHCP VID 93 PC I connects to the first LAN port of Vigor2130 and accesses Internet with WAN VLAN PC 2 connects to the forth LAN port of Vigor2130 and accesses Internet with LAN VLAN FXS 1 Phone connects to the FXS 1
254. luding settings of HTTP HTTPs SSH FTP and TELNET by using IPv6 protocol Check the box and type the port number respectively to enable the remote management of services IPv6 gt gt Management IPvo Management Access Control Allow management from the Internet Enable HTTP Enable HTTPs E Enable SSH F Enable ICMP Ping ll Enable FTP E Enable TELNET E Enable Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login HTTP HTTPS SSH ICMP_ from the Internet There are several servers provided by the Ping FTP TELNET system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Dray Tek 278 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 13 User 4 13 1 User Configuration This page allows you to set user s setting that allowed to use PPTP FTP IPSEC L2TP connection Lisers Users Status Username Full Name Disk Sharing IPSEC L2TP PPTP FIP Telnet v carrie carrie ni v v v vV v Add a Mew User Adding a New User Click Add a New User to open the following page User Configuration Add User Enable User Settings Username Full Name Password Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC LZTP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Enable Check this box to enable such user profile Username Type a name for this user Full Name Type full name for this user Password Type the password for this user Confirm Passw
255. lue will be available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Destination End Port Type a value as the destination end port Such value will be optional available only TCP UDP is selected as the protocol Action Set the action that the router will perform for the packets through the protocol of IPv6 ACCEPT Accept If the IPv6 packets fit the condition listed in this page the router will let it pass through Drop If the Pv6 packets fit the condition listed in this page the router will block it Example Refer to the following example 1 Use TSPC mode to connect to IPv6 network PC get ipv6 IP 2001 5c0 1503 7400 30e4 139d 53c8 3ale 2 Connect PC to http www ipv6 org with IPv6 IP address A message will appear from the web page Welcome to the IPv6 Information Page You are using IPv6 from 2001 5c0 1503 7400 30e4 139d 53c8 3ale 3 Set firewall rule to block all TCP traffic from this IP address 4 Open IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup and press Add New Rule IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall IPv6 Firewall List Name Protocol Source IP Destination IP Source Port Destination Port Action Add New Rule Delete All In the following dialog please configure the page with the following values Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 273 Dray Te k IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup Add IPv6 Firewall Rule Name Protocol TCP Source IP Type Source IP 2001 5c0 1503 74 Source Subnet Destination IP
256. ly click Delete User User Configuration Edit User Enable Username Full Marne Passward Confirm Password Allow Disk Sharing Allow IPSEC LZTP Allow PPTP Enable PPTP LAM to LAN Local Network Wlask Remote Network Mask Allow FTP Allow TELNET Dray Tek User Settings carrie carrie ni 280 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 14 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status User Password Configuration Backup Syslog Mail Alert Time and Date Management Reboot System and Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance t System Maintenance Foystem statu TR 069 System Password ser Password Configuration Backup Syslog Mail Alert Time and Date Firtihware UW Hora qe 4 14 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Firmware Version Build Date Time System Date Auto refresh LI Vigor2130n v1 5 0 1 Thu Nov 18 13 15 51 CST 2010 Mon Dec 13 04 46 29 7010 System Uptime 4d 04 57 38 System WAN CPU Usage 09 Connection Mode Static Memory Usage 33076K 62796K 52 67 mie ae A ONNACIAG MAC Adaress 00 50 7F 22 33 45 Clean Cached Mem
257. m will not send inform message to ACS server Enable The system will send inform message to ACS server periodically with the time set in the box of interval time The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification 4 14 3 System Password This page allows you to set new password for admin operation System Maintenance gt gt System Password System Password Old Password New Password Contin Mew Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Dray Te k 284 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 14 4 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation System Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Mew Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 14 5 Configuration Backup B
258. manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information w
259. mand Connect on Demand MTU Size It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Enable The router will detect the MAC address automatically Or check the box to enable MAC address cloning Clone MAC Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone PC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 2A D5 A1 After finishing the settings here please click Next D ra y Ti e k 2 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide PPTP L2TP if you click PPTP L2TP as the protocol please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP and all the required information Quick Start Wizard WAN IP Configuration Connection Type PPTP Settings Username Password Server Address WAR IP Network Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Redial Policy MTU Size Clone MAC Address Enable MAC Address User Name Password Server Address WAN IP Network Settings IP Address Subnet Mask Redial Policy MTU Size Enable Clone MAC Address Vigor2130 Series User s Guide static IP 172 16 3 102 255 255 0 0 Always On Clone MAC Address Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Specify the IP address of the PPTP server You can choose Static IP or DHCP as WAN IP network setting Type the IP address if you choose Static IP as the WAN IP net
260. me 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Enable Local ID i vigor2820 OK Close 8 In the pop up window please select Aggressive mode and select DES_MD5_G2 DES_SHA1_G2 3DES_MD5_G2 3DES_SHA1_ G2 as IKE phase 1 proposal Enter vigor2820 in the Local ID field Click OK to return to the profile setting page 9 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Remote Network IP Mask field 10 Click OK Dray Te k 320 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 4 How to configure settings for DLNA Service in Vigor2130 Introduction DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance is a framework which personal computer HDD video recorder television and other digital devices can share each other data through network connection The DLNA devices are divided into two functions One is server side which transmits images music and video and the other is client side which receives data only Some devices support both functions Vigor2130 can install server program onto the connected USB storage device Clients with equipments supporting DLNA can play the files stored in the USB storage device connected to Vigor2130 through the network At present the supported type and format for Video amp Audio are listed as follows Supported Video asf avi dv divx wmv mjpg mjpeg mpeg mpg mpe mp2p Format vob mp2t mlv m2v m4v m4p mp4ps ts ogm mkv rmvb mov qt hd
261. ment Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management t Bandwidth Management Session Limit Bandwidth Limit Port Rate Control 205 Control List Ports Priority QoS Statistics 3 4 1 Session Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Session Limit Session Limit Configuration Disable Enable Default Session Limit Limitation List Index Start IF Session Limit Specific Limitation Stat P eng session Limit To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default Sessions Limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Dray Tek 62 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Start IP Defines the start LAN IP address
262. ment menu click QoS Control List to open the web page Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 201 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QoS Control List Configuration QCE Type Type Value Traffic Class TCP UDP Port 22 23 High TCP UDP Port 5060 High TCP UDP Port 25 Medium TCP UDP Port a0 Medium TCP UDP Port Medium TCP UDP Port 145 Medium DSCP Low MODOO OM OP OP OO OS OHOOOOOOOOOOOOO Ooo amp Note A QCL consists of an ordered list of up to 12 QCEs QCE Type Display the type of that QCE QoS Control Entries Type Value Display the value specified for the QCE Traffic Class Display the class of the data transmission for the QCE QoS Control List QCL allows users to set up to five groups of QCL Each QCL group can contain 12 QCE settings QoS Control List Configuration QCE Type TCP UDP Port 22 23 Adding a New QCE Click D to add a new QCE onto this page Different QCE type will bring out different web settings If you choose Ethernet Type as QCE Type you have to type value for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Dray Te k 202 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type Ethernet Type Ethernet Type Value x FFFF Traffic Class Medium High Ethernet Type Value Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253ab
263. mov Supported Audio aac ac3 aif aiff at3p au snd dts rmi mpl mp2 mp3 mp4 Format mpa ogg wav pcm Ipcm 116 wma mka ra rm ram flac Supported Image bmp ico gif jpeg jpg jpe pcd png pnm ppm gti gtf qtif tif Format tiff Configuration 1 Insert USB storage device into the USB slot of Vigor2130 Then open USB Application gt gt Disk Status to check the connection status If it is connected successfully the general information of that device will be shown on the screen USB Application gt gt Disk Status Disk Status Refresh Devices Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 321 Dray Tek 2 Make sure Internet connection is done Open USB Application gt gt DLNA Server and click Install to install DLNA service into the USB storage device USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Press the button to install DLNA Server Note Internet connection is required Install USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Install DLNA Installation Output CEL EEE Retry 3 During the process of installation you can click Show Detail to view the installation procedure USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Install DLNA Installation Output Bt et J Detail Content Configuring libdina Installing libdina 0 2 3 1 to usb Downloading http vigor2130 qooglecode com files libdina 0 2 3 1_arrn ipk Installing libdina 0 2 5 1 to usb Downloading http vigor2130 googlecode com files libdIna_O
264. n Enable UPnP Download Speed Upload Speed Enable UPnP Enable UPnP function You have to type the download and upload speed Download Speed Enter the maximum sustained WAN download speed in kilobits second Such information can be requested by UPnP clients Upload Speed Enter the maximum sustained WAN upload speed in kilobits second Such information can be requested by UPnP clients After setting Enable UPnP setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 213 Dray Te k Address amp Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PIR Broadband gt gt Network Tasks a cu hinet E Create a new connection oe Disconnected Set up a home or small C_ WAN Miniport PPPOE office network General Internet Gateway Shatus Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 MES A ii Speed 100 0 Mbps r ba Disconnected ay Network Troubleshooter a S DrayTek ISDN PPP N Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway w P Wa e Control Panel TE Ip Broadband Connection on 4 Rout 4
265. n crypt WPA RADIUS Encryption WPA RADIUS Configuration WPA Algorithm Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret OK Type The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as WPA mode WPA Algorithm Auto TKIP or AES Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 232 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Wireless Security Configuration yo WPS Configuration Q Configure via Push Button Stat PBC Configure via Client PinCode start PIN Configure via Push Button Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup W
266. n SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Click any index number to access into the following page VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Dray Tek Profile Mame Register via SIP Part Domain Realm Proxy C Act as outbound proxy Display Marne Account NumberName C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time Ring Port Ring Pattern tt char max C Call without Registration 8 chat max 68 chat nae 8 char max 68 char ma S68 char ma 8 char mae Phonel C Phone Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Mone w Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar 258 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Domain Realm Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Proxy Set domain name or IP add
267. n allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E Ab 24 D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 36 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type PPPoE Settings Username Password Confirm Password Redial Policy MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IRCP WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address PPPoE w WAN IP Alias Always On Option O Yes No 0 0 0 0 ARP v pooo Enable L Username Password Redial Policy Idle Time Out MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IPCP Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Type in the password provided by ISP in this field If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On
268. n most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface Quick Start Wizard WAN IP Configuration Connection Type Static IP IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway T2 16 3 4 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Secondary DNS Serwer 0 0 0 0 Clone MAC Address Enable IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway Type the gateway IP address Primary DNS Server Type in the primary IP address for the router Secondary DNS Server Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Enable The router will detect the MAC address automatically Or check the box to enable MAC address cloning Clone MAC Address It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone PC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 24 D5 A1 After finishing the settings here please click Next Dray Tek 20 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide DHCP It is not necessary for you to type any IP address manually Simply choose this type and the system will obtain the IP address automatically from DHCP server Quick Start Wizard WAN IP Configuration Connection Type Clone MAC Address Enable The router will detect the MAC address automatically
269. nced Settings General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS a3 IF Broadband Connection on A outer Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP m nmegr 192 168 29 11 5789 63231 TCF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected Add Edit sjete The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 72 Dray Te k The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abn
270. nected to the tunnel server Activity Sent sent to the tunnel RX bytes Received received from the tunnel RX bytes When the router connects to the tunnel broker the router will use RADVD to transmit the prefix to the PC on LAN Next the PC will generate one set of IPv6 public IP see the figure below Users can use such IP for connecting to IPv6 network icrosoft Windows P Chay 5 1 2600 CC Copyright 19785 2601 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings user ipconfig Mindows IP Configuration GConnection specific DHS Suffix TF cb ee ee eee ee ee ee e CAA Subnet Mask 255 255 255 808 IP Address 2 2 2 8 8 na a a l AABI 5c H21583 7468 dd fei Fated 2 4c52 21458 IP Address a 2661 2 5 80 15803 7408 21b fcff feda 78f6 IP Address 2 2 2 febB 21b fcff feda 7069 Default Gateway z 192 168 1i i feft 2250 7f FFF esh 261959 When your PC obtains the IPv6 address please connect to http www ipv6 org If your PC access Internet via IPv6 connection your IPv6 address will be shown on the web page immediately Refer to the following figure Vigor2130 Series User s Guide a Dray Te k IPv6 Welcome to the IPv6 Information Page CONTENTS How To FAQ IPv6 enabled applications IPv6 accessible servers IPv6 specifications Implementations Mailing List Other Site 4 12 7 IPv6 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for IPv6 access control inc
271. ng an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router C 192 168 1 1 Static Route oe ae Dray Tek 170 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 1 Click the LAN Static Route and click Add Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Add Static Route Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 2 Return to Static Route page Click Add again to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt gt Static Route Add Static Route Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 85 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 3 Verify current routing table LAN gt gt Static Route Destination Address Status 192 168 10 0 255 255_ 255 0 af 211 100 88 0 255 255 255 0 y Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 171 Dr ay Te k 4 2 7 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a streng
272. ngs Enable FTP Enable Disk Sharing Workgroup Name WORKGROUP Enable FTP Check this box to enable FTP connection Enable Disk Sharing Check this box to share the information on USB storage disk Workgroup Name It provides easy sharing of files printers and other network resources for the computers collected under such group on LAN Click OK to save the settings 3 7 2 FTP User Management This page allows you to change user setting for USB storage disk Before modifying settings in this page please insert a USB disk and configure settings in User gt gt User Configuration first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt FTP User Management FTF User Management User Name Volume Access Rights came Read only Click the name link under User Name to open the setting web page USB Application gt gt FTP User Setting FIP User Configuration User Name Soe olume Generic Flash Disk 7010M PORT1 Access Rule Read only User Name It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 95 Dr ay Te k Volume Home Folder Access Rule Select the proper volume for the connected USB disk It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types her
273. nication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the use is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different form that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php C FE This p
274. nnect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card ccl M Definea _ PIN Code of Station PIN Code Dray Tek 234 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 9 3 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights deny or allow Wireless LAN gt Access Control Wireless MAC Address Filter Configuration SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Filter Type Delete MAC Address Note Each SSID up to 64 MAC address at one time Add a Mew Entry Filter Type Choose the rule for the MAC addresses displayed in this page Allow List all the MAC address of wireless clients listed here are allowed to do wireless connection Deny List all the MAC address of wireless clients listed here will be blocked Add a New Entry Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list This button will appear only an entry of MAC Address has been typed Delete MAC Address 00 20 00 05 30 12 Click OK to save the configuration 4 9 4 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along
275. nnnnrrrrnrnrnrarnrnonnnne 52 S D E E E E T E E E E A AA AE EIA E EE 53 GRAELL eE mS g a E E E E EEE E A E E E EE 54 BUI ROU ea a r aia te pncieneticumeeteiauae oeed eueaaic 55 327 Bnd IF 1 VG sestese ani AEA RA 57 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide v Dray Te k Se BU PAO CS NA Toen E E REA 59 aoe OPEN PONG e a E EE A eee eee ee 59 CBD SIZ FO oa n E E E A E A A A E A 61 34 Bandwidih MANAGING sssrin isn n 62 AoC ONE r a A E sdenesecsessieeuesternnseoese 62 A Ban EIIN aessa E E nan nscansetioeaucewteeoenectons 63 34 Pon RIE CONTO lka N 65 34 4 009 COO EiS nannan EE EEEE 65 Ore POS PION eer a ben astndsswan maa nempesanuanineauadinsiobiiunn 70 AOOO ho eee Fc hj 01 gt ame eee en ee eee ae eee 71 JS PRONG AO NS asirieni E E Dopecp erect cesta Ea 74 st DYNAMIC IN erronee aN ee acterepenesemascee EEEIEE EE EENE EA IEEE OEE 74 TOC ONS OE E EE E E E E TE E O 75 Bo UI e E A E E E E E E E 77 Oe WII AU eseisma ecweemene esse a Ea see dasengusetareet 77 320 9 UPNP GOMIQUIALION ses ieccckrencentncoveste see cqecieesd ses avnoodeensuseuae lt baedsnersseedeestaveieniedeese cincstneusee dads 78 ONE ORLAN cc sora oar te ces E seq aia ease oo eee se See wee eee 80 OWES LCAN eeraa ne A E E AE 81 Od Basie CONCEDII innie cake 2seaatesxoeacnnescegsueazatatncacatasuaaveeeG osssdneeepsetoagudes 81 022 Genaral SUID anea a a E a ig E aA 82 Oo ACCESS ONO latsaaes sees er a a aiT aade TER 88 OA AO WIS ia a E E E E E E E AEE 89 3262 ACCOSS PONE DISCOVOIY arrai a a RE
276. not WAN port Dray Tek 14 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically i from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Us
277. nternet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host DM Host Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 O 0 0 0 0 Choose PC Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to specify a suitable one Choose PC Bring a dialog for you to choose an IP address Click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 176 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 4 Firewall Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try
278. odes represent different routing status U route is up H target is a host G use gateway R reinstate route for dynamic routing D dynamically installed by daemon or redirect M modified from routing daemon or redirect A installed by addrconf C cache entry reject route Display the distance to the target usually counted in hops Display number of references to this route Not used in the Linux kernel Display count of lookups for the route Depending on the use of F and C this will be either route cache misses F or hits C Display interface to which packets for this route will be sent Click it to reload the page 293 Dray Tek 4 15 3 System Log Click Diagnostics and click System Log to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt System Log System Log Information Auto refresh Time Level Type Message Jan 10 07 28 29 notice user root t28660_NIC mac 00 50 7F 22 3344 CE0 RE O0x30 21 46 1 Jan 10 07 28 26 notice user root t2860 MIC mac 00 50 77 F22 33 COO RE 0x30 gt 1 AB 1 Jan 10 07 28 27 notice user root t2660 NIC mac O0 50 F 22 53 44 CCO RE 0x30 21 46 1 Jan 10 07 28 27 info user ifconfig SIQCGIFFLAGS No such device Jan 10 07 28 27 info user ifconfig SIQCGIFFLAGS Mo such device Jan 10 07 28 27 info user ifconfig SIQCGIFFLAGS No such device Jan 10 07 28 27 info user ifconfig SIQVGIFFLAGS No such device Jan 10 07 28 26 info user kernel brlan port 2 r
279. of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1024 1522 byt frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the number of 1527 byte frames in good and bad packets transmitted Display the low queue counter of the packet transmitted Display the normal queue counter of the packet transmitted 73 Dray Tek Tx Medium Display the medium queue counter of the packet received Tx High Display the high queue counter of the packet received Tx Drops Display the number of frames dropped due to excessive collision late collision or frame aging Tx lat Exc Coll Display the number of Frames late collision or excessive collision Error which switch transmitted 3 5 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications Dynamic ONS Schedule GMF Snooping IGMP Status UPnP configuration Wake on LAN 3 5 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to acces
280. on IP filter for this ACE DIP Filter Any No destination IP filter is specified Host Destination IP filter is set to Host Specify the destination IP address in the destination IP Address field that appears Network Destination IP filter is set to Network Specify the destination IP address and destination IP mask in the destination IP Address and destination IP Mask fields that appear Type the destination IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as destination IP Type the DIP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as destination DIP Specify the UDP port source filter for this ACE 187 Dray Tek Specific If you want to filter a specific UDP source filter with this ACE you can enter a specific UDP source value A field for entering a UDP source value appears Range If you want to filter a specific UDP source range filter with this ACE you can enter a specific UDP source range value A field for entering a UDP source port range appears Source Port No Type the value if you choose Specific as the Source Port Filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this UDP source value Source Port Range Type the value if you choose Range as the Source Port Filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this UDP source value Dest Port Filter Specify the UDP port destination filter for this ACE Specific
281. onUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status 1 2 4 3 ay Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Dray Tek J Phonet L Phonez LJ Phone LJ Phone LJ Phonet L Phone LJ Phone L Phone2 Phonet LI Phonez LJ Phone J Phone R success registered an SIP server fail to register on SIP server Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call 110 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Click any index number to access into the following page VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Profile Mame Register via SIP Part Domain Realm Proxy C Act as outbound proxy Display Marne Account NumberName C Authenti
282. onfiguration Flow Control Excessive l Port L Current Current eee Collision Powel Configured Configured Frame Mode Control ink g mr Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 165 Dray Te k Port Link Speed Current Speed Configured Flow Control Maximum Frame Excessive Collision Mode Power Control Dray Tek It displays current network interface It displays current connection status Green light means the WAN connection is successful It displays current speed that the router uses You can use the drop down list to choose the required speed for the router If you have no idea in configuring speed simple use the default setting Auto 1 100Mbps FDX 100Mbps HDX 10Mbps FDX 10Mbps HDX If flow control is enabled by checking Configured box both parties can send PAUSE frame to the transmitting device s if the receiving port is too busy to handle If not there will be no flow control in the port It drops the packet if too much to handle Current Rx indicates whether pause frames on the port are obeyed Current Tx indicates whether pause frames on the port are transmitted This module offers 1518 9600 Bytes length to make the long packet for data transmission There are two modes for you to choose when excessive collision happened in half duplex condition Discard Restart Discard It determines whether the MAC drops frames after an excessive collision has occurred If yes a f
283. onfiguration file for uploading to the router Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Note If the file you want to restore has been encrypted you will be asked to type the encrypted key before clicking Restore Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 141 Dray Te k 3 11 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt Syslog Mail Alert Setup Syslog Access Setup Enable Router Marne Server iP Address Destination Port Log Level User access log Mail Alert Setup Enable SMTP Server ShiTP Part Mail To Mail From User Mame Password Enable E Mail Alert M User Login Enable Syslog Access Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Log Level User Access Log Enable Mail Alert SMTP Server Mail To Mail From User Name Password Dray Tek d igor 130 F Send a test e mail Ooo i Oo Oo o Check Enable to activate function of syslog Assign a name of this device The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Choose the severity level for the system log entry Info Waring Error Check this box to record the user logging information Check Enable to activate function of mail ale
284. ord Type the password again for confirmation Allow Disk Sharing Check this box to have the remote user share the disk information Allow IPSEC L2TP Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this device through IPSEC L2TP Allow PPTP Check this box to let the remote user connecting to this device Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 279 Dray Te k Allow FTP Allow TELNET through PPTP When such user profile needs to have PPTP LAN to LAN connection the following three items must be adjusted Enable PPTP LAN to LAN Check this box to let such user profile supporting PPTP LAN to LAN Local Network Mask Traffic between this subnet and the subnet specified in Remote Network Mask will travel through the VPN tunnel Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection Check this box to let the remote user connecting to FTP server via this router Check this box to let the remote user to adjust the settings of router by TELNET When you finish the settings simply click OK to save the configuration The new user will be created and displayed on the page Users Add a Mew User Editing Deleting User Settings To edit a user click the name link under Username to open the following page Modify the settings except Username and then click OK to save and exit it If you want to remove such user settings simp
285. ormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 6 Wake On LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake On LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Applications gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address MAC Address Yoke EE RE EL Result Oo Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the bond IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address P Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bond PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Dray Tek 80 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 6 Wireless LAN This function is used for
286. ory 14008K 62796K IP Address 172 16 3 149 IP Mask 255 255 0 0 LAN IPv Address fe80 200 ff fe00 0 64 Link MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 1 Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Mask 255 255 255 0 Secondary ONS IPv6 Address 2000 DHCP Server Yes 1 64 Global IPv6 Address feg0 200 ff fe00 0 64 Link Wireless MAC Address 00 21 85 F7 44 D1 SSID Dray Tek Channel 12 Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build System Date Display current time and date for the system server System Uptime Display the connection time for the system server System CPU Usage Display the percentage of the CPU usage of your system Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 281 Dray Tek Memory Usage LAN MAC Address IP Address IP Mask IPv6 Address Global IPv6 Address Link DHCP Server WAN Connection Mode Link Status MAC Address IP Address IP Mask IPv6 Address Link Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Device Type SSID Channel Manufacturer Model Size Status Dray Tek Display the size of the memory usage and the percentage Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Disp
287. ote lt is strongly recommended that you do a configuration backup before upgrading Click Browse to locate the newest firmware and click Upgrade During the process of upgrade do not turn off your router Dray Tek 146 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Vigor2 130 Series High Speed Gigabit Router System Status A k Quick Start Wizard 2 Auto refresh Refres Online Status Model Vigo10Vn WAN Firmware Version 1 5 0 1 LAN Build Date Time Thu Now 18 13 15 57 CST 2070 t NAT System Date gt Tha Jan 7 17 34 06 1970 gt Firewall System Uptime z Od 17754206 gt CSM l t Bandwidth Management System WAN l Applications CPU Usage 149 Connection Mode OHCP Got sit Remote Access Memory Usage 25324K 62796K 40 33 aan ee ireless LAN A ness i i i i i 4 USB Application Cached Memory 9160K 62796 IP Address pees F VoIP Default Gateway FP we LAN Primary DNS j t User MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 Secondary DNS _ t System Maintenance IP Address 192 168 1
288. other networks which is physically isolated When you use this mode this access point is still able to accept wireless clients Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WOS Settings Mode Phy Mode WODS1 WODS3 Enable Peer Mac Address Enable Peer Mac Address LL CR LL LL LLL Security Security Disabled WEP TKIP AES Disabled WEP TKIP AES key Key WODS WOS4 Enable Peer Mac Address Enable Peer Mac Address LLL LLL a 2 S 2 Security Security Disabled WEP TKIP AES Disabled WEP TKIP AES Key Key Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge Mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater Mode is for Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 93 Dr ay Te k Security Key Peer Mac Address Phy Mode Click OK to save the settings 3 7 USB Application the second one Bridge Mode fa Disable Bridge Mode tepeater Mode There are four types for security Disabled WEP TKIP and Key or Peer Mac Address field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Please disable the unused link to get better performance Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time There are three types of transmission rates developed by different techniques for Phy Mode Data will be transmit
289. ou choose Host or Network as Target IP Filter Type the Target IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as Target IP Filter Specify whether frames packets can meet the action according to the sender hardware address field SHA settings ARP SMAC Match 0 means sender hardware address is not equal to the SMAC address 1 means sender hardware address is equal to the SMAC address Any means any value is allowed Specify whether frames can hit the action according to their target hardware address field THA settings RARP DMAC Match 0 means target hardware address is not equal to the SMAC address 1 means s target hardware address is equal to the SMAC address Any means any value is allowed Specify whether frames packets can meet the action according to the ARP RARP hardware address length HLN and protocol address length PLN settings IP Ethernet Length 0 means ARP RARP frames packets where the hardware address length is equal to Ethernet 0x06 and the protocol address length is equal to IPv4 0x04 must not match this entry 1 means ARP RARP frames packets where the hardware address length is equal to Ethernet 0x06 and the protocol address length is equal to IPv4 0x04 must match this entry Any Any value is allowed Specify whether frames packets can meet the action according to their ARP RARP hardware address space HRD settings 184 Vigor2130 Series User
290. ou with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will apply a default DNS Server automatically If you choose Static IP for WAN IP Network Settings you can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will apply a default secondary DNS Server automatically If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On Otherwise choose Connect on Demand and Connect on Demand iv Connect on Demand Always On Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action When you choose Connect on Demand you have to type value here It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function Type in a fixed IP address in the box if you click Yes for Fixed IP IPCP It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 24A D5 41 After finishing all
291. oup 2 3DES MD5 Group 2 3DES MD5 Group 5 3DES SHA1 Group 5 3DES SHA1 Group 2 3DES MD5 Group 2 AES MDS Group 5 AES SHA1 Group 5 AES MD5 Group 2 AES SHA1 Group 2 AES 128 MD5 Group 5 AES 128 SHA1 Group 5 AES 128 MD5 Group 2 AES 128 SHA1 Group 2 AES 192 MD5 Group 5 AES 192 SHA1 Group 5 AES 192 MD5 Group 2 AES 192 SHA1 Group 2 AES 256 MD5 Group 5 AES 256 SHA1 Group 5 AES 256 MD5 Group 2 AES 256 SHA1 Group 2 Proposals will be sent AES SHA AES MDS 3DES SHAI 3DES MDS 3DES MDS 3DES SHAI AES 256 MDS AES 256 SHA AES 128 MDS AES 128 SHAL AES 192 MDS AES 192 SHAL AES 256 MDS AES 256 SHA Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Case 2 VPN direction from Vigor2820 to Vigor2130 VPN configuration on Vigor2130 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Edit VPN Tunnel General Enabled Name Demo Remote IP fated bse IKE phase 1 mode Main Mode Authentication Type Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key eso Confirm Pre Shared Key eos Local Identity Networks Local Network Mask 192 168 30 0 i 255 255 255 0 Remote Network Mask j 255 255 255 0 Advanced Security Settings IKE phase 1 proposal ut omatic SHAL NDS IKE phase 2 proposal Perfect Forward Secrecy Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is Demo Enter WAN I
292. p behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click QoS Control List QCL to open the web page Dray Tek 66 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QoS Control List Configuration QCE Type Type Value Traffic Class TCP UDP Port 22 23 High TCP UDP Port 5060 High TCP UDP Port 25 Medium TCP UDP Port a0 Medium TCP UDP Port Medium TCP UDP Port 145 Medium DSCP Low MODOO OM OP OP OO OS OHOOOOOOOOOOOOO Ho amp No
293. ple 1 Use TSPC mode to connect to IPv6 network PC get ipv6 IP 2001 5c0 1503 7400 30e4 139d 53c8 3ale 2 Connect PC to http www ipv6 org with IPv6 IP address A message will appear from the web page Welcome to the IPv6 Information Page You are using IPv6 from 2001 5c0 1503 7400 30e4 139d 53c8 3ale 3 Set firewall rule to block all TCP traffic from this IP address 4 Open IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup and press Add New Rule IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall IPv6 Firewall List Name Protocol Source IP Destination IP Source Port Destination Port Action Add New Rule Delete All Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 127 Dray Te k In the following dialog please configure the page with the following values IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup Add IPv6 Firewall Rule Name Protocol Source IP Type Source IP Source Subnet Destination IP Type Destination IP Destination Subnet Source Start Port Source End Port optional Destination Start Port Destination End Port optional Action 2001 5c0 1503 74 ce ce 5 Connect PC to http www ipv6 org with IPv6 IP address again A message will appear from web page Welcome to the IP v6 Information Page You are using IPv4 from 114 37 132 219 3 9 4 IPv6 Routing This page displays the routing table for the protocol of IPv6 IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Routing Table IPv6 Routing Table Device eth eth br lan ethd fp Device Pr
294. port aj Run Log OFF coco lee _ Turn OFF Computer Start d Ee o 4 Internet Explorer Mace 3 Open File gt Add a New Computer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Dray Tek 10 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Printers and Faxes Edit View Favorites Tools gt D P Sea Server Properties Set Up Faxing Create Shortcut Delete Rename EERE Close 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections e If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port for any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue click Nex
295. port of Vigor2130 registers sends and receives phone call with VoIP WAN Functions Configuration 1 Open WAN gt gt Internet Set PPPoE as the Connection Type and fill in the Username and Password offered by your ISP WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Contiguration Enable F Connection Type PPPoE PPPoE Settings Usemame 84005755 hinet net Password eeeece Confirm Password LELLI Redial Policy Always On MTU Size WAN Connection Detection Mode ARP Ping IP OO0 Clone MAC Address Enable Dray Tek 304 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 2 Open WAN gt gt 802 1Q VLAN Tag Configuration to configure Multi VLAN Refer to the following graphic WAN gt gt 602 10 VLAN Tag Configuration 807 10 VLAN Tag Configuration Enable Multi VLAN Setup WAN VLAN Setting WAN VLAN ID g VoIP WAN VLAN Setting Enable YolP WAN Setup VoIP WAN VLAN ID 93 YolP WAN Setting LAN VLAN Setting VLAN Enable ID Fi P2 F3 P4 LAWNAT S Bdge LI Bridge a Bridge3 B6 Note Pl is reserved for MAT Route use 3 Open WAN gt gt VoIP WAN to configure VoIP WAN Setting WAN gt gt VoIP WAN VoIP WAN Connection Type DHCP DHCP Settings Router Name Viger2130 The same as syslog s router name Domain Name Domain Name are required for some ISPs OK Cano Note At present only DHCP PPPoE and Static connection types are available Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 305 Dray Tek 4 Open VoIP gt gt SIP Account
296. port s for being monitored It only monitors the packets transmitted by the port you set up Dray Tek 54 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 2 6 Static Route Go to LAN and choose Static Route to open setting page LAN gt gt Static Route Static Route Configuration set to Factory Default Viewing Routing Table Index Destination Address Status 1 192 168 0 0 255 255 0 0 a Add Set to Factory Default Click this link to return to the factory default settings View Routing Table Click this link to view the routing table Index The number 1 to 10 under Index displays current static router Destination Address Display the destination address of the static route Status Display the status of the static route Add Click it to add a new static route Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gate
297. pplication Memory Usage 27840K 62796K 44 3396 Link Status Connected VolP Cachad hie l i 7 Mac Address 00 50 7F 22 33 45 FIPWE achied Memory 10432K 62796K OE IP Address 172 16 3 102 User IP Mask 255 255 0 0 System Maintenance VoIP IPV6 Address fe80 200 ff fa00 0 64 Link Application Note Phone No 0 0 Secondary DNS FAQ Product Registration Logout 3 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 Vigor21
298. previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote 109 Dray Tek Hide caller ID Deact Call Waiting Act Call Waiting Deact 3 8 2 SIP Accounts end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Dial the number typed in this field to release this function In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using Authorizati
299. r IP address 4 2 2 1 to this field It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Clone MAC Address Enable MAC Address 00 0E A6 2 4 D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 151 Dray Tek DHCP DHCP allows a user to obtain an IP address automatically from a DHCP server on the Internet If you choose DHCP mode the DHCP server of your ISP will assign a dynamic IP address for your router automatically It is not necessary for you to assign any setting WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type DHCP Settings Router Name Domain Mame MTU Size WAN Connection Detection Mlode Fing IF Clone MAC Address DHCP ye WAN IP Alias Vigor 130 The same as syslog s router name fs Domain Name are required for some ISPs opio ARP v pooo _ Enable Router Name Domain Name MTU Size Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address Type in a name fo
300. r also can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet Proxy and so on In addition Vigor router allows you to filter certain host specified with IP address Note The priority of Web URL Filters is higher than Web Content Filter Dray Te k 194 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Firewall gt gt Content Filtering Web Content Filter Filters LJ Proxy CJ Java O Activex Web URL Filter Setting Current Web URL Filters Delete Enable URL Web Host Filter Setting Current Host Filters Delete Enable Host Web Content Filter If you do not check any box here it means Vigor router will not prevent users from accidentally downloading malicious codes conceal in the executable objects from web pages Filters Choose any one of the items to be filtered by such router Web URL Filter Setting Any URL that you want to filter by Vigor router simply type the URL in the specified field and click Add a New Entry The new added one will be displayed on the screen After pressing OK it will be filtered whenever you visit Web Host Filter Setting Type the host name of URL for filtering Click Add a New Entry to add the host name of URL one by one Web Host Filter Setting Current Host Filters Delete Enable Host vigor corn 4 5 2 IM P2P Blocking As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger appl
301. r automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Select WPA WPA2 or Auto as WPA mode Auto WPA or WPA2 v ee WPAZ WPA Algorithm Choose the WPA algorithm TKIP AES or Auto AES WPA Pre shared Key The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the Dray Tek key you wish to use 26 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide WPA RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management If you choose WPA Radius as the security configuration you have to specify WPA mode algorithm Radius server Radius server port and Radius server secret respectively Quick Start Wizard Wireless System Configuration Enable Wireless LAN SSID Broadcast SSID Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPA RADIUS Configuration Type WPA Algorithm Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret Type WPA Algorithm Server IP Address Destination Port Shared Secret Vigor2130 Series User s Guide The WPA
302. r not Choose one of the types for the router Please disable the unused link to get better performance Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time There are three types of transmission rates developed by different techniques for Phy Mode Data will be transmitted via communication channel CCK If 802 11b wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode 240 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide OFDM If 802 11g wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode HTMIX If 802 1 1b g n wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode Both clients local and remote must use the same Phy Mode to have the same transmission rate Click OK to save the settings 4 10 USB Application USB storage disk can be regarded as an FTP server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB storage disk After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt FTP User Setting on the FTP client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB storage disk through Vigor router r USB Application USB seneral settings FTF User Management Disk Status Disk Shares Bit Torrent Download iTunes Server DLNA server 4 10 1 USB General Settings
303. r router directly USB Application gt gt iTunes Server Press the button to install iTunes Server Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the iTunes Server for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt iTune Server Install iTune Installation Output Me When the server installation is finished you will see the following screen USB Application gt gt iTunes Server Settings iTunes Server Enable Disable Server Mame Path Rescan Interval Note Please disable iTunes function before you unplug USB disk iTunes Server Enable Click it to enable iTunes Server function Disable Click it to disable iTunes Server function Server Name The default name is the router name You can change it if needed Path After storing the media files in the USB storage device please specify a path for the files to be accessed for 1Tunes Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 247 Dray Te k service is the symbol for the top folder of USB storage Rescan Interval The USB storage disk will be scanned by iTunes Server again based on the time interval set here The unit is second OK Save the settings Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog 4 10 7 DLNA server DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance is a framework which personal computer HDD video recorder television and other digital devices can share each other data
304. r the router It must be the same as the name used in Syslog Type the domain name e g draytek to fit the request of some ISPs It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E Ab 24 D5 A1 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dray Tek 152 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide PPPoE To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type PPPoE Settings Username Password Confirm Password Redial Policy MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IRCP WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address PPPoE w WAN IP Alias Always On Option O Yes No 0 0 0 0 ARP v pooo Enable L Username Password Redial Policy Idle Time Out MTU Size Fixed IP IPCP Fixed IP Address IPC
305. rame is dropped after excessive collision This is IEEE Standard 802 3 half duplex flow control operation Restart It determines whether the MAC retransmits frames after an excessive collision has occurred If set a frame is not dropped after excessive collisions but the backoff sequence is restarted This is a violation of IEEE Standard 802 3 but is useful in non dropping half duplex flow control operation The Configured column allows for changing the power savings mode parameters per port 166 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enabled v Disabled ActiPH PerfectReach Disabled All power savings mechanisms disabled ActiPHY Link down power savings enabled PerfectReach Link up power savings enabled Enabled Both link up and link down power savings enabled Refresh Click this button to refresh the information for WAN port After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 2 3 MAC Address Table This page allows you to set timeouts for entries in dynamic MAC Table and configure the static MAC table here LAN gt gt MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Configuration Aging Configuration Disable Automatic Aging Age Time Auto Disable Static MAC Table Configuration Port Members VLAN ID MAC Address LAN1 LAN LAN LANA Add New Static Entry Disable Automatic Aging Stop the MAC table aging timer the learned MAC address will not age out automatically The default setting is
306. ransmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Click OK to save the settings 3 6 7 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LANS Dray Tek 92 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below WDS Link a In Bridge mode the router will connect to up to four Vigor2130 which use the same mode and all wired Ethernet clients of every Vigor2130 will be connected together You can use this mode to connect a network to other networks which is physically isolated Please note that when you set to this mode Vigor2130 will not accept regular wireless clients anymore In Repeater mode the router will connect to up to four Vigor2130 which use the same mode and all wired Ethernet clients of every Vigor2130 will be connected together You can use this mode to connect a network to
307. rce DNS manual setting Enable Force router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 2 2 Ports Ports page is used to change the setting for LAN ports You can set or reset the following items All of them are described in detail below LAN gt gt Ports Forn C
308. re vigor and password You will need it when you configure VigorACS server System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS Settings URAL sername Password CPE Settings Enable URL Fort Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Enable Interval Time second s ACS Settings Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to VigorACS user s manual for detailed information URL Type the URL for VigorACS server If the connected CPE needs to be authenticated please set URL as the following and type username and password for VigorACS server http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services ACSServlet If the connected CPE does not need to be authenticated please set URL as the following http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services UnAuthACSServ let Username Password Type username and password for ACS Server for authentication For example if you want to use such CPE with VigorACS you can type as the following Username acs Password password CPE Settings Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 283 Dray Te k Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CPE Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE Periodic Inform Settings Disable The syste
309. ress field that appears Network Source IP filter is set to Network Specify the source IP address and source IP mask in the source IP Address and source IP Mask fields that appear Type the source IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as source source IP filter Type the SIP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as source IP filter Specify the destination IP filter for this ACE DIP Filter Any No destination IP filter is specified Host Destination IP filter is set to Host Specify the destination IP address in the destination IP Address field that appears Network Destination IP filter is set to Network Specify the destination IP address and destination IP mask in the destination IP Address and destination IP Mask fields that appear Type the destination IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as destination IP filter Type the destination IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as destination IP filter 189 Dray Tek Dray Tek Source Port Filter Source Port No Source Port Range Dest Port Filter Dest Port No Dest Port Range TCP FIN Specify the TCP port source filter for this ACE Specific If you want to filter a specific TCP source filter with this ACE you can enter a specific TCP source value A field for entering a TCP source value appears Range If you want
310. ress of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Act as Outbound Proxy Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy Display Name The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Account Number Name Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Authentication ID Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field Password The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service Expiry Time The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again Ring Port Set Phone 1 and or Phone 2 as the default ring port s for this SIP account Ring Pattern Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 259 Dray Tek 4 11 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Phone List Tone Caller ID Settings Caller ID Type FSK ETSI UK v Note Tane Ca
311. roduct is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Tek iv Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 4 PR OTACE srs caecec rs cs sece ccc veins sone ee seca eee eons E EEE 1 We OAS S sierra peer e E E E A E A AA E E E 1 1 2 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation cccccccccccccceceeseeeeeeceeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 3 LED Indicators and CONNECHOSS 2 00 ccceeeccceeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeesseeeeeeeessuaesseeeeeeseeaeaeeeeeeeesssuaaaesss 2 Weal Ob VIGOR T G0 tae retatcanmbsctduuncnesinetsgaccnustsatduunsancelanaeynoumnensconmicatanmncniaeatoncaancambsatdmensanenecis 2 Wee OP VOO Wo Oi eee a fects iat satan oasntanconcn E E te nanmetsatanenaemnens 4 Too OF VIGO 1 oO V Wiese cocessntnen arnet cugssantenenvaccineasatsensansaunescavats covcusntspy E E 6 1 4 Hardware Installation ccccccccsccccceeececeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeceseaeeeseeeesseeeeseeeeeseeseeseueesseeesseeeessaeeeess 8 eG MNS ret UO Pa E caine E E EO AEA E E 9 to Pnn TSA ROM aneneen a e AA e 10 Configuring BASIC SOUS ssisssssnissossrinsrssu ninure anena NE SEERNE 15 2 1 Two Level Managemen t cccccccssseccceeseccceesseecseseecseaeeecsaececseaseeessageeessaseessagseesssaeeeeneas 15 2 2 ACCESSING Web Pagsisisi a EEE E ETE Ea Eaa 15 23 Camm Pas SW ON isaac case sacciciga n E EE E an cmoadeesa
312. rol Remote Access Control Setup Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable IPSec WPN Pass through Server inside your LAM booo Enable PPTP VPN Service IP Address range for PPTP client 192 160 1 201 192 160 1 250 IP Address range for DHCP client 192 169 1 10 192 165 1 59 MPPE Required d Enable PPTP VPN Pass through Server inside your LAN gooo Enable IPSec VPN Service If this checkbox is checked the system firewall will allow VPN IPSec remote access from WAN side to the router Enable IPSec VPN If this checkbox is checked the system firewall will allow Pass through Server VPN IPSec remote access from WAN side to a VPN device inside your LAN on the LAN Type the IP address of the VPN device in the field next to the checkbox Enable PPTP VPN Service If this checkbox is checked the system firewall will allow VPN PPTP remote access from WAN side to the router IP Address range for PPTP client Specify an IP address pool for the local private network that will be assigned to PPTP clients Note the values given here should not be the same as IP address range for DHCP Client IP Address range for DHCP client Display the range of IP address assigned by DHCP server MPPE Check this box to encrypt data transmission via PPTP connection Dray Tek 216 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable PPTP VPN If this checkbox is checked the system firewall will pass VPN Pass through Server PPT
313. rol the lifetime of the prefix The maximum value corresponds to 18 2 hours A lifetime of 0 indicates that the router is not a default router and should not appear on the default router list 3 9 3 IPv6 Firewall Setup This page allows users to set firewall for the protocol of IPv6 Note Section 4 4 Firewall is configured for IPv4 packets only IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall IPv6 Firewall List Name Protocol Source IP Destination IP Source Port Destination Port Action Add New Rule Delete All Name Display the name of the rule Protocol Display the protocol TCP UDP ICMPv6 the rule uses Source IP Display the source IP address of such rule Destination IP Display the destination IP address of such rule Source Port Display the source port number of such rule Destination Port Display the destination port number of such rule Action Display the status accept or drop of such rule Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 125 Dray Te k Adding a New Rule Click Add New Rule to configure a new rule for IPv6 Firewall Note You can set up to 20 sets of IPv6 rules IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Firewall Setup Add IPv6 Firewall Rule Name Protocol source IP Type source IP Source Subnet Destination IP Type Destination IP Destination Subnet Source Start Port Source End Port optional Destination Start Port Destination End Port optional Action Name Type a name for the rule Protocol Specify a protocol for this rule
314. ropping half duplex flow control operation Power Control The Configured column allows for changing the power savings mode parameters per port Enabled Disabled All power savings mechanisms disabled ActiPHY Link down power savings enabled PerfectReach Link up power savings enabled Enabled Both link up and link down power savings enabled Refresh Click this button to refresh the information for WAN port After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 51 Dr ay Te k 3 2 3 MAC Address Table This page allows you to set timeouts for entries in dynamic MAC Table and configure the static MAC table here LAN gt gt MAC Address Table MAC Address Table Configuration Aging Configuration Disable Automatic Aging Age Time au seconds MAC Table Learning Port Members LAN Auto Disable Secure Static MAC Table Configuration Port Members VLAN ID MAC Address WAN LAN LAN LANS LAN4 Add New Static Entry Disable Automatic Aging Stop the MAC table aging timer the learned MAC address will not age out automatically The default setting is enabled Check the box to disable this function if required Age Time Delete a MAC address idling for a period of time from the following MAC Table which will not affect static MAC address Range of MAC Address Aging Time is 10 1000000 seconds The default Aging Time is 300 seconds MAC Table Learning L
315. rough the network USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Press the button to install DLNA Server Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the DLNA Server for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Install DLNA Installation Output LO Show Detail When the server installation is finished you will see the following screen USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Settings DLNA Server Enable Disable Serer Mame Vigar 130 Note Please disable DLNA function before you unplug USB disk iTunes Server Enable Click it to enable DLNA Server function Disable Click it to disable DLNA Server function Server Name The default name is the router name You can change it if Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 101 Dray Te k needed Path After storing the files in the USB storage device please specify a path for the files to be accessed for DLNA service is the symbol for the top folder of USB storage OK Save the settings Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog 3 8 VoIP Note This function is used for V models Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP M
316. router by factory default acts a 48 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Start IP Address IP Pool Counts Lease Time Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Check the box to enable DHCP server setting Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 It allows you to set the leased time for the specified PC Enable Force router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS S
317. rt Send a Test e mail Click this button to let the system send a test e mail to the specified e mail address The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Type the user name for authentication Type the password for authentication 142 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable E mail Alert Check the box of User Login to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu About Router Tools ER Firmware Uperade Utility fi Sysloe i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site fm Router Tools 2 5 1 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router fit DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets vigor series 0 0 TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate han ee ee 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Acce
318. s Specify the connection interface for VoIP in the field of Register via VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time Ring Port Ring Pattem iptel 11 char max YoIP WAN Call without Registration 5060 Iptel org 63 char max iptel org 63 char max B55 23 char max B55 63 char max Boo 63 char max ALLEL 63 char max mis 18 sec V Phonei C Phone y 5 Connect your PC or network device to the forth LAN port and type the username and password for PPPoE connection mode Dray Tek 306 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 5 2 LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and Vigor2820 using Main mode In this document we will introduce how to create a LAN to LAN IPSec VPN between Vigor2130 and a Vigor2820 using Main mode We use the following scenario j P WAN 172 17 1 186 yE LAN LAN WAN an 192 168 1 0 24 192 168 30 0 24 47217125 pe _ Vico te Vigor 2820 i TO VPN IPSec ee dl Case 1 VPN direction from Vigor2130 to Vigor2820 VPN configuration on Vigor2130 1 Create a LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Edit VPN Tunnel General Enabled Name Demo Remote IP 172 17 1 186 IKE phase 1 mode Main Mode Authentication Type Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key TI
319. s Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection Check this box to change the default route into such VPN tunnel If it is required click Add Tunnel link to access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPTP Remote Dial in page for adding other dial in tunnel Refer to the section 4 8 2 for detailed information 226 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 9 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 4 9 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300
320. s the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Dray Te k 102 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Alice Bob sip alicemdraytel com sip bobia draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice
321. s the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Configuration Enable Dynamic ONS service Provider dyndns org Domain name mypersonaldomain dyndns org Username MYyUSername Password IP source hy WAN IP ow Check IP change every Force IP update every Dray Tek 74 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Domain name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Username Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain IP Source Determine the IP source for DDNS server My WAN IP Use IP configured for WAN interface for DDNS server
322. sh L Elapse Tx Rx In Out Miss Speaker hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Calls Calls Calls Gain 00 00 00 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 5 Duration In Out Miss Account ID hh tim 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0d Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals Click it to reload the page It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG _UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming 118 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Rx Losts Rx Jitter In Calls Out Calls Miss Calls Speaker Gain Log Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Total number of lost packets during this connection session The jitter of received voice packets Accumulation
323. sk folders and files in USB disk Note When write protect status for the USB disk is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Visible Check this box to make this USB diskette to be seen in Network Neighborhood on Windows of clients in local network Access Rights Specify the access right and apply to all the wireless clients that want to connect to the attached USB disk All Users Read only ha All Users Read only All Users Read write Specific Users All Users Read only everyone has read only access to the share disk All Users Read write everyone has read write access to the share disk Dray Te k 244 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Specific Users Only specific user s can access into the share disk 4 10 5 Bit Torrent Download There are many seeds of BT Torrents in Internet for users to download preferred video file image file and so on In general the downloaded files would be stored in the computer However if the computer is shut down the file downloading also will be terminated Here Vigor router provides a function to download the BT Torrent file into USB storage device The downloading job will not be terminated even if the computer is powered off for the file is downloaded and transferred from the router to the USB storage device directly Click USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download Press th
324. snstenstausaunisaiinttinasnettanbiadnnadesahndaeatatenddateiesiandisavinadiathmadaintmentanpnaiad 133 AIO USE Gene ee E ee eee 134 3 10 1 User Configuration ccccccccsscsseccceeeeseeeeeeecceeeseseeeseeeeeesseeesseeceeeeessaeaaeeeeeesessaaegsses 134 3 11 System MAaINteNANCE ccccccsssececcceeeececcceeeseceecceauseceeecseuseeeesaeececessaauececsssaseeessssageeeeees 136 MMe dl SOV SIME UCU ena E E E EERE E E E E EEA E 136 Dray Tek vi Vigor2130 Series User s Guide SM UO E arn aa aerate eens VE eae sts e A E E E E 138 3 11 3 User Password 0 ccccccccccccececccsccccecececcccececucsccccecececsucecucuceececeseancuscucecusucsccuansecerseeecees 139 3 11 4 Configuration Backup ccccccccccccececeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeesseeeesseeeeeeeessaeaseeeeeeeessasaaeses 140 J11 Syslog 7 Mall AGM seicasos ccwsssrassaninodessosincnssiccieaaubenannadsnecudaesimernosadtanstesadausdeeoinenngs iceevnaneest 142 3 11 6 Time and NO ANG e asirese ease aero ieden ENEN 144 3 11 7 MANAQGeME MN ccccccccceecceceeeeeeeseeeeeceaseeeeseeeeeeseaueeeseeueeesedeeeeseaueeeseaseeessaneeeeseesenensagss 145 3 11 8 Reboot System cece ecccceccceseeseeceeeeeceeaeseeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeeeseeasseeeeeeesseseaeeeeeeessssaaseeeeess 146 3 11 9 Firmware Upgrade ccccccccccccceseceeceeeeceeceeeceecseueeeeeeueceeseaeeesauaecesseaeeeeseaeeeessegeeeesaaes 146 PTI Mode OC ATION ates acca te cece E vou decevuen 147 A 1 WAN oe ccc cc cccecceccecccc
325. ss Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 Ne nama MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 197 168 1 10 w DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TANT Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 a T gt 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 LAN Status ADSL Status SR Margin Loop Att ode Up Speed Down Speed Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 143 Dr ay Te k 3 11 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current system Time Mon Dec 13 02 50 53 UTC 2010 Time Configuration Time one Automatically Update Interval NTP Servers Delete ool ntp org Current System Time Display current time in the box Click Inquire Time to get the current time Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Automatically Update Specify a time interval for the router to update current time Interval Add NTP server Click the button to add a new NTP server Delete Click this button to remove an NTP server Click OK to save these settings Dray Te k 144 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide
326. stination IP mask in the Dray Te k 192 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide destination IP address and destination IP mask fields that appear Dest IP Address Type the Dest IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as destination IP filter Dest IP Mask Type the Dest IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as destination IP filter 4 4 4 Traffic Control There are some limitations that transmitting and receiving packets through WLAN or VPN tunnel cannot be controlled well in hardware The function of Traffic Control is designed specifically to customize firewall rule for managing the traffic in and out Firewall gt gt Traffic Control J Enable Traffic Control Advanced rules let you customize the firewall ta your needs Only new connections will be matched Packets belonging to already open connections are automatically allowed to pass the firewall Name Protocol Source Destination Action Mio Traffic Control Enable Traffic Control Check the box to enable such function Add Entry Click it add a new firewall rule You are allowed to add many firewall rules for your request Simply click Add Entry the following screen will be shown Firewall gt gt Traffic Control Add Rule Enable Name Source Destination WAM ow Protocol TCP UDP Destination Port source Port Source Address Destination Address source MAC Address E i
327. t Cancel 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Printer Port ars Use the LPT 1 port to communicate with a local orinter H is port should look something like thi Create a new port Type of port Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 11 Dray Tek 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning
328. t Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone MAC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Clone MAC Address Enable 00 0E A6 24 D5 A1 MAC Address After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 35 Dray Tek DHCP DHCP allows a user to obtain an IP address automatically from a DHCP server on the Internet If you choose DHCP mode the DHCP server of your ISP will assign a dynamic IP address for your router automatically It is not necessary for you to assign any setting WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type DHCP Settings Router Name Domain Mame MTU Size WAN Connection Detection Mlode Fing IF Clone MAC Address DHCP ye WAN IP Alias Vigor 130 The same as syslog s router name fs Domain Name are required for some ISPs opio ARP v pooo _ Enable Router Name Domain Name MTU Size Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address Type in a name for the router It must be the same as the name used in Syslog Type the domain name e g draytek to fit the request of some ISPs It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Such functio
329. t assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Te k 162 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Internet 220 135 240 207 aS Public IP Address r N Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and
330. t the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose DTMF mode InBand Dray Tek InBand OutBand RF C2035 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone 264 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 11 4 Status OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt gt Status Status Status IDLE IDLE Port Phone Phones Lo
331. t the power percentage for transmission signal of access point The greater the value is the higher intensity of the signal will be Enable Green AP Such function is used to reduce the power consumption Green AP for the access point When there is no station connected the power consumption of access point will be reduced Enable IGMP Snooping Check it to enable IGMP snooping for WLAN client Encryption Select an appropriate encryption mode to improve the security and privacy of your wireless data packets WEP WPA PSK WPA RADIUS WPS Each encryption mode will bring out different web page and ask you to offer additional configuration Click OK to save the settings Wireless Security Configuration For the security of your system choose the proper encryption for data transmission Different encryption mode will bring out different setting encryption ways Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPA RADIUS WPS None The encryption mechanism is turned off WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key D F ay Ti e k 230 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Default Key Key Key2 Key3 Key4 Authentication Mode OPEN ka OK Default Key All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Keyl1 Key4 Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The format of WEP Key is restricted to 5 ASCII char
332. t want to connect to the attached USB disk All Users Read only F All Users Read only All Users Read write specific Users All Users Read only everyone has read only access to the share disk All Users Read write everyone has read write access to the share disk Specific Users Only specific user s can access into the share disk 3 7 5 Bit Torrent Download There are many seeds of BT Torrents in Internet for users to download preferred video file image file and so on In general the downloaded files would be stored in the computer However if the computer is shut down the file downloading also will be terminated Here Vigor router provides a function to download the BT Torrent file into USB storage device The downloading job will not be terminated even if the computer is powered off for the file is downloaded and transferred from the router to the USB storage device directly Click USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download Press the button to install BT module Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the BT module for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt BT Install BT Installation Output BT module is being installed to USB device please wait a moment during installation Note Please don t leave the page till installation process is done Show Data Rey When the module installation is
333. te A QCL consists of an ordered list of up to 12 QCEs QCE Type Display the type of that QCE QoS Control Entries Type Value Display the value specified for the QCE Traffic Class Display the class of the data transmission for the QCE QoS Control List allows users to set up to five groups of QCL Each QCL group can contain 12 QCE settings QoS Control List Configuration QCE Type TCP UDP Port 22 235 Adding a New QCE Click to add a new QCE onto this page Different QCE type will bring out different web settings If you choose Ethernet Type as QCE Type you have to type value for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 67 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configuration QCE Type Ethernet Type Ethernet Type Value Trafic Class Medium High Ethernet Type Value Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde If you choose VLAN ID as QCE Type you have to type the ID number for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Management gt gt QoS Control List QCE Configur QCE Type VLAN ID Traffic Class VLAN ID ha Normal Medium m Hi gh If you choose TCP UDP Port as QCE Type you have to type the port number for it and specify traffic class from Low Normal Medium and High Bandwidth Man
334. ted piece of a routing advertisement Hoplimit Display the number of network segments on which the packet is allowed to travel before discarded Auto refresh Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals 4 12 5 IPv6 Neighbour IPv6 uses neighbor discovery protocol to find out neighbors on the same link IPv6 gt gt IPv6 Neighbour IPv6 ARP Table Device The interface name of the link where the neighbor is on IP Address The IPv6 address of the neighbor MAC Address The link layer address of the neighbor State Possible states include incomplete address resolution is in progress reachable neighbor is reachable Stale neighbor s may be unreachable but not verified until a packet is sent delay neighbor may be unreachable and a packet was sent probe neighbor may be unreachable and probes are sent to verify the reachability Auto refresh Check this box to enable an automatic refresh of the page at regular intervals 4 12 6 IPv6 TSPC Status IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC TSPC log contains some debug information from program If TSPC has not configured properly the router will display the following page when the user tries to connect through TSPC connection Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 215 Dray Te k IPv6 gt gt IPv6 TSPC Status Status Log Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Status Acti
335. ted via communication channel HTMIX CCK If 802 11b wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode OFDM If 802 1 1g wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode HTMIX If 802 11b g n wireless mode is used please choose such type as the Phy Mode Both clients local and remote must use the same Phy Mode to have the same transmission rate USB diskette can be regarded as an FTP server By way of Vigor router uses on LAN WAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt FTP User Management on the FTP client software Thus the client can use the FTP site USB diskette through Vigor router r USB Application USB General settings FTF User Management Disk Status Disk Shares Bit Torrent Download iTunes Server DLNA server Dray Tek 94 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 7 1 USB General Settings At present the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with versions of FAT16 and NTFS only Therefore before connecting the USB storage disk into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or NTFS It is recommended for you to use NTFS for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Setti
336. ter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Dray Tek 200 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to def
337. terface that will be configured with the first 64 of the received prefix from the broker and the router advertisement daemon is Started to advertise that prefix on the interface This page defines the IPv6 connection types for LAN interface Possible types contain DHCPv6 Server and RADVD Each type requires different parameter settings IPv6 gt gt LAN General Setup LAN IPv6 Configuration IPv6 Address IPv6 Link_local Address Enable Autoconfiquratian Configuration Type IPv6 Start Address IPv6 End Address IPv6 Address IPv6 Link_local Address Enable Autoconfiguration Configuration Type Dray Tek 2000 71 64 fed0 200 irte00 0 DHCPv6 Serer 2000 0 0 0 iS Type static IPv6 address for LAN It is used for communicating with neighbouring nodes on the same link It is defined by the address prefix fe80 10 You don t need to setup Link Local address manually for it is generated automatically according to your MAC Address Check this box to enable the auto configuration function for IPv6 connection Vigor2130 provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration One is RADVD stateless and the other is DHCPv6 Server Stateful DHCPv6 Server DHCPv6 Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the Start End IPv6 address configuration 270 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Configuration Type DHCP Semer j DHCPv6 Stateful IPv6 Start Address IPv6 End Address Type the start and end
338. tes Dray Tek Auto refresh L Transmit Total 36615 Tx Packets 16552 15456804 Tx Octets 3133089 16389 Tx Unicast 16549 5607 Tx Multicast 14542 Tx Broadcast 0 Tx Pause Transmit Size Counters Tx 64 Bytes Tx 65 127 Bytes Tx 126 255 Bytes Tx 256 511 Bytes Tx 512 1023 Bytes Tx 1024 1526 Bytes Tx 1527 Bytes Transmit Queue Counters Tx Low Tx Normal Tx Medium Tx High Transmit Error Counters Tx Drops Tx Late Exc Coll Display the counting number of the packet received Display the total received bytes Display the counting number of the received unicast packet Display the counting number of the received broadcast packet Display the counting number of the received pause packet Display the number of 64 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 65 127 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 128 255 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 256 511 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 512 1023 byte frames in good and bad packets received Display the number of 1024 1522 byte frames in good and 296 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide RX 1527 Bytes Rx Low Rx Normal Rx Medium Rx High Rx Drops Rx CRC Alignment Rx Undersize Rx Oversize Rx Fragments Rx Jabber Rx Filtered Tx Packets Tx Octets Tx Unicast Tx Multicast Tx Broadcast Tx Pause Tx 64 Byt
339. thening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address F Index IF Address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 O0 0F 46 24 D5 Al Add and Edit P address Mac Address EE _ OK Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address t
340. this button to clear the number of the counter on this page Configure the rate limiter for the ACL Access Control List of the router Please click Rate Limiter ID link to access into the following page Firewall gt gt Rate Control Object ACL Rate Limiter Configuration Rate Limiter ID 1 o Rate Limiter ID Rate Vigor2130 Series User s Guide s e a x a 4 Rate limiter ID will be applied to WAN port and LAN port Please specify a rate number for each ID The default setting is 1 packet per second Define the rate by choosing from the following drop down list 179 Dray Tek Click OK to save the settings Dray Tek 180 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 4 3 Access Control List This page can define which kind of packet can access the router The packet can be defined with input port Frame type Rate MAC type VLAN ID tag and etc For IPv4 we can also define the protocol type source IP and destination IP Firewall gt gt Access Control List Access Control List Configuration Auto reftesh C Status Ingress Port Frame Type Action Rate Limiter Counter Note This hardware based feature is available for wired connection only Adding a New Access Control Profile Click to add a new specific session limitation onto the list Firewall gt gt Access Control List ACE Configuration Ingress Port Action Frame Type IPv4 Rate Limiter Disabled IP Parameters
341. thm Auto TKIP or AES Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 86 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Wireless Security Configuration Encryption WPS Configuration Configure via Push Button Start PBC Start PIN Configure via Client PinCode Configure via Push Button Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client PmCode Type the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor ro
342. through network connection The DLNA devices are divided into two functions One is server side which transmits images music and video and the other is client side which receives data only Some devices support both functions Vigor2130 can install server program onto the connected USB storage device Clients with equipments supporting DLNA can play the files stored in the USB storage device connected to Vigor2130 through the network USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Press the button to install DLNA Server Note Internet connection is required Install Click Install to install the DLNA Server for the router and the USB storage device USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Install DLNA Installation Output LO Show Detail When the server installation is finished you will see the following screen USB Application gt gt DLNA Server Settings DLNA Server Enable Disable Serer Mame Vigar 130 Note Please disable DLNA function before you unplug USB disk DLNA Server Enable Click it to enable DLNA Server function Disable Click it to disable DLNA Server function Server Name The default name is the router name You can change it if Dray Tek 248 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide needed Path After storing the files in the USB storage device please specify a path for the files to be accessed for DLNA service is the symbol for the top folder of USB storage OK Save the settings
343. ticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor router adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor router it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor router with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via SuperG wireless function of Vigor router and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor router Mobile Coffee shop 5 Internet VoIP lt Web surfing E Mail N Instant messaging etc __ VPN 3 56 HSDPA USB Modem After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when WAN is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www draytek com for
344. tion gt gt iTunes Server Settings iTunes Server Enable Disable Server Mame Path Rescan Interval Note Please disable iTunes function before you unplug USB disk iTunes Server Enable Click it to enable iTunes Server function Disable Click it to disable iTunes Server function Server Name The default name is the router name You can change it if needed Path After storing the media files in the USB storage device please specify a path for the files to be accessed for 1Tunes Dray Tek 100 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide service is the symbol for the top folder of USB storage Rescan Interval The USB storage disk will be scanned by iTunes Server again based on the time interval set here The unit is second OK Save the settings Uninstall Cancel the module installation settings and exit the dialog 3 7 7 DLNA server DLNA Digital Living Network Alliance is a framework which personal computer HDD video recorder television and other digital devices can share each other data through network connection The DLNA devices are divided into two functions One is server side which transmits images music and video and the other is client side which receives data only Some devices support both functions Vigor2130 can install server program onto the connected USB storage device Clients with equipments supporting DLNA can play the files stored in the USB storage device connected to Vigor2130 th
345. tion as the following Dray Te k 182 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ARP Parameters ARP RARP Request Reply Sender IP Filter Sender IP Address sender IP Mask Target IP Filter Target IP Address Target IP Mask ARP RARP Request Reply Sender IP Filter Sender IP Address Sender IP Mask Target IP Filter Vigor2130 Series User s Guide ARP SMAC Match RARP DMAC Match IP Ethernet Length IF Ethernet Network Choose Any to filter all of the packets Choose Host to filter the packets from the host with the address typed in Sender IP Address filed Choose Network to filter the packets within the network defined in Sender IP Address and Sender IP Mask fields Type the Sender IP Address here This option is available when you choose Host or Network as Sender IP Filter Type the Sender IP Mask here This option is available only when you choose Network as Sender IP Filter Specify the target IP filter for this specific ACE Target IP Filter An y Choose Any to filter all of the packets Choose Host to filter the packets from the host with the address typed in Target IP Address filed Choose Network to filter the packets within the network defined in Target IP Address and Target IP Mask fields 183 Dray Tek Dray Tek Target IP Address Target IP Mask ARP SMAC Match RARP DMAC Match IP Ethernet Length IP Type the Target IP Address here This option is available when y
346. to filter a specific TCP source range filter with this ACE you can enter a specific TCP source range value A field for entering a TCP source port range appears Type the value if you choose Specific as the Source Port Filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this TCP source value Type the value if you choose Range as the Source Port Filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this TCP source value Specify the TCP port destination filter for this ACE Dest Port Filter Any No TCP destination filter is specified Specific If you want to filter a specific TCP destination filter with this ACE you can enter a specific TCP destination value A field for entering a TCP destination value appears Range If you want to filter a specific TCP destination range filter with this ACE you can enter a specific TCP destination range value A field for entering a TCP destination port range appears Type the value if you choose Specific as the Dest Port filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this TCP source value Type the value if you choose Range as the Dest Port filter The allowed range is 0 to 65535 A frame meeting this ACE matches this TCP source value Specify the TCP No more data from sender FIN value for this ACE 0 TCP frames where the FIN field is set must not be able to match this entry 1 TCP frames where the FIN
347. ttings RIP Direction Disable w From first subnet to remote network you have to My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 192 168 30 0 255 255 255 0 More Remote Network IP Route v Remote Network Mask Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Enable it and give it a name In this example the profile name is test Select Dial in as Call Direction In Dial Out Settings part select IPSec Tunnel and press the Advanced button ao a oe eS In Dial In Settings part please enable Specify Remote VPN Gateway and enter WAN IP address of Vigor2130 in the Peer VPN Server ID field Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 309 Dray Te k Dray Tek Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2130 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Remote Network IP Mask field Click OK Note Vigor2130 supports the following proposals by default For phase 1 Mode Selection When you select Automatic When you select 3DES When you select AES any When you select AES 128 When you select AES 192 When you select AES 256 For phase 2 Mode Selection When you select Automatic When you select 3DES When you select AES any When you select AES 128 When you select AES 192 When you select AES 256 310 Proposals will be sent 3DES MD5 Group 5 3DES SHA1 Group 5 3DES SHA1 Gr
348. ttings for VoIP communication Caller ID Type Display IP type of the caller RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IF precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop High Drop AF Classa Low Drop AF Classs Medium Drop AF Classa High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class Dray Te k 114 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Phone 1 Call Feature C Hotline Call Forwarding Codecs w Prefer Codec 3 729 A B ok bps SPURL Ee denotes Packet Size Time Out Sec C DN
349. uing Mode ae Normal Medium High Port Indicate the interface for the physical port WAN port LAN port and Wireless Port Default Class Use the drop down list to choose the priority for each port Default Class QCL QoS Control List Use the drop down list to choose the QCL number defined in QoS Control List for the port QOCL Queuing Mode Use the drop down list to choose suitable mode Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 205 Dray Te k Queuing Mode Weighted F strict Priority Use the drop down list to choose 1 2 4 or 8 as the queue Queue Weighted weighted number Click OK to save the settings 4 6 6 QoS Statistics This page displays statistics for QoS setting Click WAN LAN link to check detailed information for each interface Bandwidth Management gt gt Qo Statistics Queuing Counters Auto refresh L Medium Queue High Queue Receive Transmit Receive Transmit 76195 63030 22 12 Low Queue Normal Queue Port i m Receive Transmit Receive Transmit WAN 58350 61843 69516 0 i LAN 0 0 LANZ 57361 F575 0 1953 6 75655 0 0 0 Click WAN LAN link to check detailed information for each interface 206 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Diagnostics gt gt Detailed Statistics Detailed Port Statistics WAN Receive Total Rx Packets Rx Octets Rx Unicast Rx Multicast Rx Broadcast Rx Pause Receive Size Counters Rx 64 Bytes Rx 65 127 Bytes Rx 126
350. ule from Internet to USB device USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download Press the button to install BT module Note Internet connection is required Install Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 325 Dr ay Te k 6 Simply wait for a few minutes to finish the installation USB Application gt gt BT Install BT Installation Output BT module is being installed to USB device please wait a moment during installation Note Please don t leave the page till installation process is done 7 When the installation is finished the following page will be displayed USB Application gt gt Bit Torrent Download BT Default General Settings BT Function Enable Disable Stan e Listening Fort 49152 B5535 1025 65535 hax Peer Connections 1 100 Traffic Control Rate Limit Enable Enable Disable Max Download Rate KBps 2040 Max Upload Rate KBps 0 2040 Web Client Authentication Enable Enable Disable User Name fF e Password i ia Web Client Port Open Web Client Remote Management Enable Disable SL Lipo Note Format usb disk as NTFS will be more reliable 8 Click the link of Open Web Client to open another window AO me i 0 Transfers HO0Bis O0Bis OSE Downloading Seeding Paused Filter EM Dray Te k 326 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 9 Click Open A pop up dialog will appear ler Open Remove Pause Resume Pause All Resume All
351. umber IPv6 in IPv4 Tunnel Let the broker chose the tunnel mode appropriate for the client IPv6 in IPv4 Native Request an IPv6 in IPv4 tunnel IPv6 in IPv4 NAT Traversal Request an IPv6 in UDP of IPv4 tunnel for clients behind a NAT IPv6 in IPv4 NAT Traversal E IPv6 inIPv4 Tunnel IPv6 in IPv4 Native IPv6 in IPv4 NAT Traversal After passing the time set here the client will retry to connect in case of failure or keepalive timeout 0 means not retry Yes Keep the connection between TSPC and tunnel broker always on TSPC will send ping packet to make sure the connection between both ends is normal No The client will not send keepalives Type the time for the interval between two keepalive messages transferring from the client to the broker Type the required prefix length for the client network Display LAN interface name The name of the OS interface that will be configured with the first 64 of the received prefix from the broker and the router advertisement daemon is Started to advertise that prefix on interface 123 Dray Tek 3 9 2 IPv6 LAN Setup This page defines the IPv6 connection types for LAN interface Possible types contain DHCPv6 and RADVD Each type requires different parameter settings IPv6 gt gt LAN General Setup LAN IPv6 Configuration IPv6 Address IPv6 Link_local Address Enable Autoconfiguration Configuration Type IPv6 Start Address IPv6 End Address IPv6 A
352. up Syslog Mail Alert Time and Date Management Reboot System and Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance System Status TR 069 ser Password Configuration Backup Syslog Mail Alert Tite and Date Management Firmware Upgrade 3 11 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Firmware Version Build Date Time System Date System Uptime Vigor2130n v1 5 0 1 Thu Nov 18 13 15 51 CST 2010 Mon Dec 13 08 46 29 2010 4d 04 57 38 System CPU Usage 0936 Memory Usage 33076K 62796K 52 67 Cached Memory 14008K 62796K LAN MAC Address 00 50 7F 22 33 44 IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Mask 255 255 255 0 IPv Address 2000 1 64 Global IPv6 Address feg0 200 ff fe00 0 64 Link DHCP Server Yes Wireless MAC Address 00 21 95 F 7 44 01 SSID Dray Tek Channel 11 Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time System Date System Uptime CPU Usage 136 Dray Tek Connection Mode Link Status MAC Address IP Address IP Mask IPv Address Default Gateway Primary ONS Secondary ONS Auto refresh LI WAN Static Connected 00 50 7F 22 33 45 172 16 3 148 255 255 0 0 fe80 20
353. ur ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 46 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 47 Dray Te k Below shows the LAN menu FLAN General Setup Ports MAC Address Table VLAN Monitor Port Static Route Bind IP to MAC 3 2 1 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup
354. uter Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS C station Set SSID and Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor2130 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 87 Dray Te k of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card WLAN Card If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Definea PIN Code Ly Start PIN J M PIN Code of Station 3 6 3 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless
355. vanced settings Main mode Aggressive mode DES_MD5_G2 DES_SHA1_G2 3DES_MD5_G2 3DES_SHAL_G2 v SDES_SHAL SDES_MDS v IKE phase 1 mode IKE phase 1 proposal IKE phase 2 proposal IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Enable Local ID vigor2820 gt In Dial In Settings part please enable Specify Remote VPN Gateway and enter vigor2130 in the Peer ID field Setup a pre shared key which must be the same as in Vigor2130 Enter Vigor2130 s private network in the Remote Network IP Mask field Click OK Note Vigor2130 supports the following proposals by default For phase 1 Mode Selection When you select Automatic When you select 3DES When you select AES any When you select AES 128 When you select AES 192 When you select AES 256 For phase 2 Mode Selection When you select Automatic When you select 3DES When you select AES any When you select AES 128 When you select AES 192 When you select AES 256 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 317 Proposals will be sent 3DES SHA1 Group 2 3DES MDS Group 5 AES MD5 Group 5 AES 128 MD5 Group 5 AES 192 MD5 Group 5 AES 256 MD5 Group 5 Proposals will be sent AES 128 MD5 AES 128 SHA1 AES 192 MDS AES 192 SHA1 AES 256 MD5 AES 256 SHA1 3DES SHA1 3DES MD5 3DES MD5 3DES SHAI AES 256 MD5 AES 256 SHA1 AES 128 MD5 AES 128 SHAI AES
356. viders In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static mode from Connection Type drop down menu The following web page will be shown D F ay Te k 150 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type Static IP Settings IP Address subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Primary ONS Server secondary DNS Server MTU Size WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address Enable IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MTU Size Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address 2 16 5 102 55 255 0 0 72 16 1 1 66 95 11 0 0 0 0 Optional Type the IP address Type the subnet mask Type the gateway IP address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 198 95 1 1 to this field You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Serve
357. vity Disconnected we Received 0 When TSPC configuration has been done the router will start to connect The connecting page will be shown as below Status Log Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Status Activity Connecting Sent Received When the router detects all the information the screen will be shown as follows One set of TSPC prefix and prefix length will be obtained after the connection between TSPC and Tunnel broker built Status Log Connection Status Tunnel Information Tunnel Interface Tunnel Mode Local Endpoint Addresses Remote Endpoint Addresses Tunnel Broker Tunnel Status Activity Connection Status ethu lPv6 in IPv4 Native 598 115 226 178 2001 05c0 1400 000b 0000 0000 0000 2b05 01 171 72 11 2001 05c0 1400 000b6 0000 0000 0000 2504 broker freeneth net Connected Sent 3 Received HB FI 1472469 It will bring out different pages to represent IPv6 disconnection connecting and connected Dray Tek Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Tunnel Information Display interface name used to send TSPC prefix tunnel mode local endpoint addresses remote endpoint address TSPC Prfix TSPC Prefixlen prefix length tunnel broker and so on Tunnel Status Disconnected The remote client doesn t connect to the tunnel server Connecting The remote client is connecting to the tunnel server Connected The remote client has been con
358. w shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics EE Routing Table bysten Log Traffic Overview Detailed statistics MAC Address Table OHEP Table Data Flow Monitor Ports State 4 15 1 Ping Click Diagnostics and click Ping to open the web page It is used to troubleshoot IP connection for your router Diagnostics gt gt Ping ICMP Ping IP Address Ping Size IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Ping Size Type in the payload size of the ICMP packet Values range from 8 bytes to 1400 bytes Start Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Dray Te k 292 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 4 15 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt Routing Table Routing Table Destination Gateway 192 168 5 0 0 0 0 0 192 168 1 0 0 0 0 0 211 100 68 0 192 168 1 3 192 168 10 0 192 168 1 2 0 0 0 0 192 168 5 1 Genmask 255 255 2560 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use Iface Refresh Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Display the IP address for destination network or destination host Display the gateway address or if none set Display the netmask for the destination net 255 255 255 255 is for a host destination and 0 0 0 0 is for the default route Different c
359. way Main Router Internet Set Router C i 192 168 1 1 Static Route at Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 55 Dray Te k Dray Tek 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click Add Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Add Static Route Enable Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Return to Static Route page Click Add again to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt gt Static Route Add Static Route Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 88 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IF Address 192 168 1 3 Verify current routing table LAN gt gt Static Route Destination Address 192 168 10 0 255 255 2550 211 100 88 0 255 255255 0 56 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 2 7 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP
360. work setting Type the subnet mask if you chose Static IP as the WAN IP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can choose Always On Otherwise choose Connect on Demand Connect on Demand Connect on Demand It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 The router will detect the MAC address automatically Or check the box to enable MAC address cloning It is available when the box of Enable is checked Click Clone PC Address The result will be displayed in the field of MAC Address Enable Clone MAC Address MAC Address 00 0E A6 2 A D5 A1 23 Dray Tek After finishing the settings here please click Next 2 4 4 Setting up the Wireless Connection Now you have to set up the wireless connection For the user of Vigor2130 please skip this step Quick Start Wizard Wireless System Configuration Enable Wireless LAN SSID Broadcast SSID Wireless Security Configuration Encryption Cancel Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable the wireless function SSID Broadcast Choose Show to make the SSID being seen by wireless clients Choose Hide to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN SSID It means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Encryption Select an appropriate
361. xcessive collisions but the backoff sequence is restarted This is a violation of IEEE Standard 802 3 but is useful in non dropping half duplex flow control operation The Configured column allows for changing the power savings mode parameters per port Disabled All power savings mechanisms disabled ActiPHY Link down power savings enabled PerfectReach Link up power savings enabled Enabled Both link up and link down power savings enabled 160 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Refresh Click this button to refresh the information for WAN port After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 1 4 3G Backup This page is used to setup 3G backup function If you enable 3G backup make sure your WAN connection type is not in 3G mode When the WAN connection is broken router will try to keep the connection with 3G mode After WAN connection is recovered router will disconnect the 3G connection automatically WAN gt gt 3G backup 3G Backup Configuration C Enable 3G Backup SIM PIN code Modem Initial String1 Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Usermame PPP Password SIM PIN code Modem Initial String1 2 APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Clone MAC Address Vigor2130 Series User s Guide default AT amp F ATEOVIX1T amp D28C1350 0 default ATEQV1A1 amp D280150 0 default internet ATDT 99 default ATDT 9S Type PI
362. y MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address P Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bond PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 215 Dray Te k 4 8 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access Remote Access Control PPTP Remote Dial in IPSec Remote Dial in Remote Dial in Status LAN to LAN 4 8 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should enable IPSec VPN Pass through and specify an IP address to allow VPN tunnel pass through VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Cont
363. y receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static mode from Connection Type drop down menu The following web page will be shown D F ay Te k 34 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN IP Configuration Enable Connection Type Static IP Settings IP Address subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Primary ONS Server secondary DNS Server MTU Size WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address Enable IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MTU Size Mode Ping IP Clone MAC Address 172 16 3 102 55 255 0 0 72 16 1 1 66 95 11 0 0 0 Optional Type the IP address Type the subnet mask Type the gateway IP address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode Type in secondary IP address for using in the future if necessary It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detec
364. y text before Authentication ID Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field Password The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service Expiry Time The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again Ring Port Set Phone 1 and or Phone 2 as the default ring port s for this SIP account Ring Pattern Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Dray Te k 112 Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 3 8 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have VoIP gt gt Phone Setting Phone List Tone Caller ID Settings Caller ID Type FSK ETSI UK v Note Tane Caller ID Settings would apply to both FPhonel and Phonez RTP CI Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS Phone List Tone Caller ID Settings Vigor2130 Series User s Guide Port there are two phone ports provided here for you to configure Phonel Phone2 allows you to set general settings for PSTN phones Call Feature A brief description for call feature w
365. ype the name obtained from the broker vigor2130 is a default username applied from http go6 net 4105 register asp It is suggested for you to apply another username and password Password Type the password assigned with the user name Confirm Password Type the password again to make the confirmation Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP FQDN or an optional port number Tunnel Mode IPv6 in IPv4 Tunnel Let the broker chose the tunnel mode appropriate for the client IPv6 in IPv4 Native Request an IPv6 in IPv4 tunnel IPv6 in IPv4 NAT Traversal Request an IPv6 in UDP of IPv4 tunnel for clients behind a NAT Pv6 in IPv4 NAT Traversal E Pv6 in lPv4 Tunnel IPv6 in IPv4 Native IPvb in IPv4 NAT Traversal Auto reconnect Delay After passing the time set here the client will retry to connect in case of failure or keepalive timeout 0 means not retry Vigor2130 Series User s Guide 269 Dray Te k Keepalive Keepalive_interval Prefixlen Interface 4 12 2 IPv6 LAN Setup Yes Keep the connection between TSPC and tunnel broker always on TSPC will send ping packet to make sure the connection between both ends is normal No The client will not send keepalives Type the time for the interval between two keepalive messages transferring from the client to the broker Type the required prefix length for the client network Display LAN interface name The name of the OS in

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"